Remove @defgroup from DefaultSettings.php
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.31.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**
161 * The extension to append to script names by default.
162 *
163 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
164 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
165 *
166 * @since 1.11
167 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
168 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
169 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
170 */
171 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
172
173 /**@}*/
174
175 /************************************************************************//**
176 * @name URLs and file paths
177 *
178 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
179 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
180 *
181 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
182 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
183 *
184 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
185 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
186 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
187 *
188 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
189 *
190 * @{
191 */
192
193 /**
194 * The URL path to index.php.
195 *
196 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
197 */
198 $wgScript = false;
199
200 /**
201 * The URL path to load.php.
202 *
203 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
204 * @since 1.17
205 */
206 $wgLoadScript = false;
207
208 /**
209 * The URL path of the skins directory.
210 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
211 * @since 1.3
212 */
213 $wgStylePath = false;
214 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
215
216 /**
217 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
218 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
219 * @since 1.17
220 */
221 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
222
223 /**
224 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
225 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
226 * @since 1.16
227 */
228 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
229
230 /**
231 * Filesystem extensions directory.
232 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
233 * @since 1.25
234 */
235 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
236
237 /**
238 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
239 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
240 * @since 1.3
241 */
242 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
243
244 /**
245 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
246 * which is replaced by the article title.
247 *
248 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
249 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
250 */
251 $wgArticlePath = false;
252
253 /**
254 * The URL path for the images directory.
255 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
256 */
257 $wgUploadPath = false;
258
259 /**
260 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
261 */
262 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
263
264 /**
265 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
266 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
267 */
268 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
269
270 /**
271 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
272 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
273 */
274 $wgLogo = false;
275
276 /**
277 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
278 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
279 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
280 *
281 * @par Example:
282 * @code
283 * $wgLogoHD = [
284 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
285 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
286 * ];
287 * @endcode
288 *
289 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
290 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
291 * be optimised for screen resolution.
292 *
293 * @par Example:
294 * @code
295 * $wgLogoHD = [
296 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
297 * ];
298 * @endcode
299 *
300 * @since 1.25
301 */
302 $wgLogoHD = false;
303
304 /**
305 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
306 * @since 1.6
307 */
308 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
309
310 /**
311 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
312 * Defaults to no icon.
313 * @since 1.12
314 */
315 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
316
317 /**
318 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
319 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
320 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
321 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
322 *
323 * @since 1.25
324 */
325 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
326
327 /**
328 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
329 * be web accessible.
330 *
331 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
332 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
333 * logic.
334 *
335 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
336 * variable.
337 *
338 * @see wfTempDir()
339 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
340 */
341 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
342
343 /**
344 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
345 * upload URL.
346 * @since 1.4
347 */
348 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
349
350 /**
351 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
352 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
353 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
354 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
355 * @since 1.17
356 */
357 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
358
359 /**
360 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
361 * plain page views, add to this array.
362 *
363 * @par Example:
364 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
365 * @code
366 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
367 * @endcode
368 *
369 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
370 * URLs.
371 * @since 1.5
372 */
373 $wgActionPaths = [];
374
375 /**@}*/
376
377 /************************************************************************//**
378 * @name Files and file uploads
379 * @{
380 */
381
382 /**
383 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
384 */
385 $wgEnableUploads = false;
386
387 /**
388 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
389 */
390 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
391
392 /**
393 * Allows to move images and other media files
394 */
395 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
396
397 /**
398 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
399 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
400 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
401 *
402 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
403 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
404 */
405 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
406
407 /**
408 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
409 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
410 *
411 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
412 * completeness.
413 */
414 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
415
416 /**
417 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
418 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
419 */
420 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
421
422 /**
423 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
424 */
425 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
426
427 /**
428 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
429 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
430 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
431 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
432 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
433 *
434 * Example:
435 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
436 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
437 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
438 *
439 * @see $wgFileBackends
440 */
441 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
442
443 /**
444 * File repository structures
445 *
446 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
447 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
448 * array of properties configuring the repository.
449 *
450 * Properties required for all repos:
451 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
452 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
453 *
454 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
455 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
456 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
457 *
458 * For most core repos:
459 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
460 * container : backend container name the zone is in
461 * directory : root path within container for the zone
462 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
463 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
464 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
465 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
466 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
467 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
468 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
469 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
470 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
471 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
472 * handler instead.
473 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
474 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
475 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
476 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
477 * - pathDisclosureProtection
478 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
479 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
480 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
481 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
482 * is 0644.
483 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
484 * some remote repos.
485 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
486 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
487 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
488 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
489 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
490 *
491 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
492 * for local repositories:
493 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
494 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
495 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
496 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
497 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
498 *
499 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
500 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
501 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
502 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
503 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
504 *
505 * ForeignDBRepo:
506 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
507 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
508 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
509 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
510 *
511 * ForeignAPIRepo:
512 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
513 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
514 *
515 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
516 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
517 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
518 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
519 * be searched after the local file repo.
520 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
521 *
522 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
523 */
524 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
525
526 /**
527 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
528 */
529 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
530
531 /**
532 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
533 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
534 * settings
535 */
536 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
537
538 /**
539 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
540 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
541 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
542 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
543 *
544 * Example:
545 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
546 */
547 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
548
549 /**
550 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
551 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
552 *
553 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
554 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
555 *
556 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
557 */
558 $wgUploadDialog = [
559 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
560 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
561 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
562 'fields' => [
563 'description' => true,
564 'date' => false,
565 'categories' => false,
566 ],
567 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
568 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
569 'licensemessages' => [
570 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
571 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
573 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
574 'local' => 'generic-local',
575 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
576 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
577 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
578 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
579 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
580 ],
581 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
582 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
583 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
584 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
585 'comment' => [
586 'local' => '',
587 'foreign' => '',
588 ],
589 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
590 'format' => [
591 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
592 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
593 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
594 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
595 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
596 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
597 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
598 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
599 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
600 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
601 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
602 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
603 // * $TEXT - input by the user
604 'description' => '$TEXT',
605 'ownwork' => '',
606 'license' => '',
607 'uncategorized' => '',
608 ],
609 ];
610
611 /**
612 * File backend structure configuration.
613 *
614 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
615 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
616 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
617 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
618 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
619 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
620 *
621 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
622 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
623 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
624 *
625 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
626 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
627 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
628 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
629 *
630 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
631 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
632 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
633 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
634 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
635 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
636 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
637 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
638 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
639 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
640 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
641 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
642 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
643 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
644 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
645 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
646 */
647 $wgFileBackends = [];
648
649 /**
650 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
651 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
652 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
653 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
654 *
655 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
656 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
657 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
658 *
659 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
660 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
661 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
662 */
663 $wgLockManagers = [];
664
665 /**
666 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
667 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
668 *
669 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
670 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
671 * extensions" section of php.ini:
672 * @code{.ini}
673 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
674 * @endcode
675 */
676 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
677
678 /**
679 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
680 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
681 * Defaults to false.
682 */
683 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
684
685 /**
686 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
687 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
688 * $wgUploadDirectory.
689 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
690 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
691 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
692 * directory.
693 *
694 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
695 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
696 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
697 */
698 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
699
700 /**
701 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
702 */
703 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
704
705 /**
706 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
707 */
708 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
709
710 /**
711 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
714
715 /**
716 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
717 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
718 */
719 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
720
721 /**
722 * Optional table prefix used in database.
723 */
724 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
725
726 /**
727 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
728 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
729 */
730 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
731
732 /**
733 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
734 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
735 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
736 */
737 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
738
739 /**
740 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
741 *
742 * @since 1.20
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
745
746 /**
747 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
748 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
749 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
755 * @since 1.20
756 */
757 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
758
759 /**
760 * Different timeout for upload by url
761 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
762 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
763 * to default.
764 *
765 * @var int|bool
766 *
767 * @since 1.22
768 */
769 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
770
771 /**
772 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
773 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
774 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
775 * for non-specified types.
776 *
777 * @par Example:
778 * @code
779 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
780 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
781 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
782 * ];
783 * @endcode
784 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
785 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
786 */
787 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
788
789 /**
790 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
791 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
792 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
793 * @since 1.26
794 */
795 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
796
797 /**
798 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
799 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
800 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
801 *
802 * @par Example:
803 * @code
804 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
805 * @endcode
806 */
807 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
808
809 /**
810 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
811 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
812 * appended to it as appropriate.
813 */
814 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
815
816 /**
817 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
818 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
819 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
820 * access to the thumbnail path.
821 *
822 * @par Example:
823 * @code
824 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
825 * @endcode
826 */
827 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
828
829 /**
830 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
831 */
832 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
833
834 /**
835 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
836 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
837 *
838 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
839 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
840 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
841 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
842 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
843 *
844 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
845 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
846 */
847 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
848
849 /**
850 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
851 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
852 * directory layout.
853 */
854 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
855
856 /**
857 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
858 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
859 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
860 * image description page on this wiki.
861 *
862 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
863 */
864 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
865
866 /**
867 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
868 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
869 *
870 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
871 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
872 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
873 */
874 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
875
876 /**
877 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
878 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
879 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
880 */
881 $wgFileBlacklist = [
882 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
883 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
884 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
885 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
886 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
887 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
888 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
889 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
890
891 /**
892 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
893 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
894 */
895 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
896 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
897 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
898 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
899 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
900 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
901 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
902 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
903 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
904 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
905 'application/x-msmetafile',
906 ];
907
908 /**
909 * Allow Java archive uploads.
910 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
911 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
912 */
913 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
914
915 /**
916 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
917 *
918 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
919 */
920 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
921
922 /**
923 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
924 * by $wgFileExtensions.
925 *
926 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
927 */
928 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
929
930 /**
931 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
932 *
933 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
934 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
935 */
936 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
937
938 /**
939 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
940 */
941 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
942
943 /**
944 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
945 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
946 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
947 *
948 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
949 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
950 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
951 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
952 */
953 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
954 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
955 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
956 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
957 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
958 "application/pdf", // PDF files
959 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
960 ];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for media file type handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
965 *
966 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
967 * and extensions should use extension.json.
968 */
969 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
970
971 /**
972 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
973 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
974 */
975 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
976 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
979 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
980 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
981 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
982 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
983 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
984 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
985 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
986 ];
987
988 /**
989 * Plugins for page content model handling.
990 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
991 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
992 *
993 * @since 1.21
994 */
995 $wgContentHandlers = [
996 // the usual case
997 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
998 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
999 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
1000 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1001 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
1002 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1003 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
1004 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1005 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
1006 ];
1007
1008 /**
1009 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1010 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1011 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1012 */
1013 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1017 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1018 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1019 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1020 *
1021 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1022 */
1023 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1024
1025 /**
1026 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1027 */
1028 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1032 * @since 1.27
1033 */
1034 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1035
1036 /**
1037 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1038 */
1039 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1040
1041 /**
1042 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1043 */
1044 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1048 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1049 */
1050 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1051
1052 /**
1053 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1054 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1055 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1056 *
1057 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1058 * @code
1059 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1060 * @endcode
1061 *
1062 * Leave as false to skip this.
1063 */
1064 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1065
1066 /**
1067 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1068 *
1069 * @since 1.21
1070 */
1071 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1072
1073 /**
1074 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1075 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1076 * at sharp edges.
1077 *
1078 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1079 *
1080 * Supported values:
1081 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1082 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1083 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1084 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1085 *
1086 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1087 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1088 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1089 *
1090 * @since 1.27
1091 */
1092 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1096 * image formats.
1097 */
1098 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1099
1100 /**
1101 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1102 *
1103 * @since 1.26
1104 */
1105 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1109 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1110 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1111 *
1112 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1113 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1114 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1115 */
1116 $wgSVGConverters = [
1117 'ImageMagick' =>
1118 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1119 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1120 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1121 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1122 . '$output $input',
1123 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1124 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1125 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1126 ];
1127
1128 /**
1129 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1130 */
1131 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1132
1133 /**
1134 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1135 */
1136 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1137
1138 /**
1139 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1140 */
1141 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1142
1143 /**
1144 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1145 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1146 */
1147 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1148
1149 /**
1150 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1151 *
1152 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1153 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1154 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1155 *
1156 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1157 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1158 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1159 */
1160 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1161
1162 /**
1163 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1164 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1165 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1166 *
1167 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1168 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1169 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1170 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1171 *
1172 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1173 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1174 */
1175 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1176
1177 /**
1178 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1179 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1180 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1181 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1182 */
1183 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1184
1185 /**
1186 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1187 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1188 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1189 *
1190 * @par Example:
1191 * @code
1192 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1193 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1194 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1195 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1196 * @endcode
1197 */
1198 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1199
1200 /**
1201 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1202 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1203 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1204 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1205 */
1206 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1207
1208 /**
1209 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1210 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1211 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1212 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1213 */
1214 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1218 * output instead of showing an error message.
1219 *
1220 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1221 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1222 *
1223 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1224 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1225 * are logged to a file for review.
1226 */
1227 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1228
1229 /**
1230 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1231 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1232 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1233 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1234 * webserver(s).
1235 */
1236 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1237
1238 /**
1239 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1240 */
1241 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1242
1243 /**
1244 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1245 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1246 * is available that can rotate.
1247 */
1248 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1249
1250 /**
1251 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1252 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1253 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1254 */
1255 $wgAntivirus = null;
1256
1257 /**
1258 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1259 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1260 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1261 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1262 *
1263 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1264 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1265 *
1266 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1267 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1268 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1269 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1270 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1271 * path.
1272 *
1273 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1274 * function in SpecialUpload.
1275 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1276 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1277 * is not set.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1279 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1280 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1282 * no virus was found.
1283 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1284 * a virus.
1285 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1286 *
1287 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1288 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1289 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1290 */
1291 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1292
1293 # setup for clamav
1294 'clamav' => [
1295 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1296 'codemap' => [
1297 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1298 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1299 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1300 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1301 ],
1302 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1303 ],
1304 ];
1305
1306 /**
1307 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1308 */
1309 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1310
1311 /**
1312 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1313 */
1314 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1318 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1319 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1320 */
1321 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1325 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1326 */
1327 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1328
1329 /**
1330 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1331 * the MIME type to standard output.
1332 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1333 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1334 *
1335 * @par Example:
1336 * @code
1337 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1338 * @endcode
1339 */
1340 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1341
1342 /**
1343 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1344 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1345 * can be trusted.
1346 */
1347 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1348
1349 /**
1350 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1351 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1352 */
1353 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1354 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1355 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1356 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1357 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1358 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1359 ];
1360
1361 /**
1362 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1363 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1364 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1365 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1366 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1367 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1368 */
1369 $wgImageLimits = [
1370 [ 320, 240 ],
1371 [ 640, 480 ],
1372 [ 800, 600 ],
1373 [ 1024, 768 ],
1374 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1375 ];
1376
1377 /**
1378 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1379 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1380 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1381 */
1382 $wgThumbLimits = [
1383 120,
1384 150,
1385 180,
1386 200,
1387 250,
1388 300
1389 ];
1390
1391 /**
1392 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1393 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1394 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1395 *
1396 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1397 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1398 * supports it.
1399 */
1400 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1401
1402 /**
1403 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1404 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1405 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1406 * following buckets:
1407 *
1408 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1409 *
1410 * and a distance of 50:
1411 *
1412 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1413 *
1414 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1415 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1416 */
1417 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1421 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1422 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1423 *
1424 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1425 *
1426 * @since 1.25
1427 */
1428
1429 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1430
1431 /**
1432 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1433 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1434 *
1435 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1436 * thumbnail's URL.
1437 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1438 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1439 *
1440 * @since 1.25
1441 */
1442 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1443
1444 /**
1445 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1446 *
1447 * @since 1.25
1448 */
1449 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1450
1451 /**
1452 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1453 * HTTP request to.
1454 *
1455 * @since 1.25
1456 */
1457 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1458
1459 /**
1460 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1461 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1462 *
1463 * @since 1.26
1464 */
1465 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1466
1467 /**
1468 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1469 * Fields are:
1470 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1471 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1472 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1473 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1474 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1475 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1476 * @deprecated since 1.28
1477 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1478 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1479 * - mode: Gallery mode
1480 */
1481 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1485 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1486 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1487 */
1488 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1492 */
1493 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1494
1495 /**
1496 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1497 *
1498 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1499 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1500 *
1501 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1502 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1503 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1504 */
1505 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * @name DJVU settings
1509 * @{
1510 */
1511
1512 /**
1513 * Path of the djvudump executable
1514 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1515 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1516 */
1517 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1518
1519 /**
1520 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1521 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1522 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1523 */
1524 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1525
1526 /**
1527 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1528 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1529 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1530 */
1531 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1532
1533 /**
1534 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1535 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1536 *
1537 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1538 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1539 * the efficiency problem.
1540 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1541 *
1542 * @par Example:
1543 * @code
1544 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1545 * @endcode
1546 */
1547 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1548
1549 /**
1550 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1551 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1552 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1553 */
1554 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1555
1556 /**
1557 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1558 */
1559 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1560
1561 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1562
1563 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1564
1565 /************************************************************************//**
1566 * @name Email settings
1567 * @{
1568 */
1569
1570 /**
1571 * Site admin email address.
1572 *
1573 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1574 */
1575 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1576
1577 /**
1578 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1579 *
1580 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1581 *
1582 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1583 */
1584 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1585
1586 /**
1587 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1588 *
1589 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1590 */
1591 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1592
1593 /**
1594 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1595 *
1596 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1597 */
1598 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1602 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1603 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1604 */
1605 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1606
1607 /**
1608 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1609 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1610 */
1611 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1615 *
1616 * @since 1.30
1617 */
1618 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1622 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1623 *
1624 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1625 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1626 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1627 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1628 */
1629 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1630
1631 /**
1632 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1633 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1634 */
1635 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1636
1637 /**
1638 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1639 */
1640 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1644 */
1645 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1646
1647 /**
1648 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1649 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1650 */
1651 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1652
1653 /**
1654 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1655 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1656 */
1657 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1658
1659 /**
1660 * SMTP Mode.
1661 *
1662 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1663 * Default to false or fill an array :
1664 *
1665 * @code
1666 * $wgSMTP = [
1667 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1668 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1669 * 'port' => '25',
1670 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1671 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1672 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1673 * ];
1674 * @endcode
1675 */
1676 $wgSMTP = false;
1677
1678 /**
1679 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1680 */
1681 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1685 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1686 */
1687 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1691 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1694
1695 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1696 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1697 # enable or disable at their discretion
1698 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1699 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1700
1701 /**
1702 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1703 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1704 * spam relay.
1705 */
1706 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1710 */
1711 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1715 * user talk page.
1716 *
1717 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1718 * preference set to true.
1719 */
1720 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1721
1722 /**
1723 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1724 * allowed this in the preferences.
1725 */
1726 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1727
1728 /**
1729 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1730 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1731 *
1732 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1733 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1734 *
1735 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1736 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1737 *
1738 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1739 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1740 */
1741 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1745 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1746 *
1747 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1748 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1749 */
1750 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1754 * match the limit on your mail server.
1755 */
1756 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1760 */
1761 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1765 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1766 */
1767 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1768
1769 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1770
1771 /************************************************************************//**
1772 * @name Database settings
1773 * @{
1774 */
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Database host name or IP address
1778 */
1779 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1783 */
1784 $wgDBport = 5432;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Name of the database
1788 */
1789 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1790
1791 /**
1792 * Database username
1793 */
1794 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1795
1796 /**
1797 * Database user's password
1798 */
1799 $wgDBpassword = '';
1800
1801 /**
1802 * Database type
1803 */
1804 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1805
1806 /**
1807 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1808 *
1809 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1810 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1811 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1812 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1813 */
1814 $wgDBssl = false;
1815
1816 /**
1817 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1818 *
1819 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1820 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1821 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1822 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1823 */
1824 $wgDBcompress = false;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1828 */
1829 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1830
1831 /**
1832 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1833 */
1834 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1835
1836 /**
1837 * Search type.
1838 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1839 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1840 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1841 */
1842 $wgSearchType = null;
1843
1844 /**
1845 * Alternative search types
1846 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1847 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1848 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1849 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1850 */
1851 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1852
1853 /**
1854 * Table name prefix
1855 */
1856 $wgDBprefix = '';
1857
1858 /**
1859 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1860 */
1861 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1862
1863 /**
1864 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1865 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1866 * DBA has done his best job.
1867 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1868 */
1869 $wgSQLMode = '';
1870
1871 /**
1872 * Mediawiki schema
1873 */
1874 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1875
1876 /**
1877 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1878 */
1879 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1880
1881 /**
1882 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1883 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1884 * main database.
1885 *
1886 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1887 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1888 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1889 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1890 *
1891 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1892 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1893 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1894 *
1895 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1896 * $wgDBprefix.
1897 *
1898 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1899 * $wgDBmwschema.
1900 *
1901 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1902 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1903 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1904 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1905 */
1906 $wgSharedDB = null;
1907
1908 /**
1909 * @see $wgSharedDB
1910 */
1911 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1912
1913 /**
1914 * @see $wgSharedDB
1915 */
1916 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1917
1918 /**
1919 * @see $wgSharedDB
1920 * @since 1.23
1921 */
1922 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1923
1924 /**
1925 * Database load balancer
1926 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1927 * Fields are:
1928 * - host: Host name
1929 * - dbname: Default database name
1930 * - user: DB user
1931 * - password: DB password
1932 * - type: DB type
1933 *
1934 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1935 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1936 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1937 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1938 *
1939 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1940 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1941 *
1942 * - flags: bit field
1943 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1944 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1945 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1946 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1947 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1948 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1949 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1950 * if available
1951 *
1952 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1953 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1954 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1955 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1956 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1957 *
1958 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1959 * variable of the Database object.
1960 *
1961 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1962 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1963 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1964 *
1965 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1966 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1967 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1968 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1969 *
1970 * @code
1971 * SET @@read_only=1;
1972 * @endcode
1973 *
1974 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1975 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1976 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1977 */
1978 $wgDBservers = false;
1979
1980 /**
1981 * Load balancer factory configuration
1982 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1983 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1984 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1985 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1986 *
1987 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1988 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1989 */
1990 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1991
1992 /**
1993 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1994 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1995 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1996 * @since 1.27
1997 */
1998 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * File to log database errors to
2002 */
2003 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2004
2005 /**
2006 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2007 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2008 *
2009 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2010 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2011 *
2012 * @par Examples:
2013 * @code
2014 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2015 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2016 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2017 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2018 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2019 * @endcode
2020 *
2021 * @since 1.20
2022 */
2023 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2024
2025 /**
2026 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2027 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2028 *
2029 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2030 *
2031 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2032 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2033 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2034 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2035 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2036 *
2037 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2038 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2039 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2040 */
2041 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2042
2043 /**
2044 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2045 *
2046 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2047 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2048 * block).
2049 *
2050 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2051 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2052 * connections.
2053 *
2054 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2055 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2056 * pooled.
2057 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2058 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2059 *
2060 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2061 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2062 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2063 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2064 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2065 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2066 *
2067 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2068 */
2069 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2070
2071 /**
2072 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2073 *
2074 * Array numeric key => database name
2075 */
2076 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2077
2078 /**
2079 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2080 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2081 * show a more obvious warning.
2082 */
2083 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2084
2085 /**
2086 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2087 */
2088 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2089
2090 /**
2091 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2092 */
2093 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2094
2095 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2096
2097 /************************************************************************//**
2098 * @name Text storage
2099 * @{
2100 */
2101
2102 /**
2103 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2104 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2105 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2106 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2107 */
2108 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2109
2110 /**
2111 * External stores allow including content
2112 * from non database sources following URL links.
2113 *
2114 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2115 * @code
2116 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2117 * @endcode
2118 *
2119 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2120 */
2121 $wgExternalStores = [];
2122
2123 /**
2124 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2125 *
2126 * @par Example:
2127 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2128 * @code
2129 * $wgExternalServers = [
2130 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2131 * ];
2132 * @endcode
2133 *
2134 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2135 * another class.
2136 */
2137 $wgExternalServers = [];
2138
2139 /**
2140 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2141 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2142 *
2143 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2144 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2145 *
2146 * @par Example:
2147 * @code
2148 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2149 * @endcode
2150 *
2151 * @var array
2152 */
2153 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2154
2155 /**
2156 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2157 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2158 *
2159 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2160 */
2161 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2162
2163 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2164
2165 /************************************************************************//**
2166 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2167 * @{
2168 */
2169
2170 /**
2171 * Disable database-intensive features
2172 */
2173 $wgMiserMode = false;
2174
2175 /**
2176 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2177 */
2178 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2179
2180 /**
2181 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2182 */
2183 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2184
2185 /**
2186 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2187 */
2188 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2189
2190 /**
2191 * Enable slow parser functions
2192 */
2193 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2194
2195 /**
2196 * Allow schema updates
2197 */
2198 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2199
2200 /**
2201 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2202 */
2203 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2204
2205 /**
2206 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2207 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2208 */
2209 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2210
2211 /**
2212 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2213 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2214 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2215 * @since 1.26
2216 */
2217 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2218
2219 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2220
2221 /************************************************************************//**
2222 * @name Cache settings
2223 * @{
2224 */
2225
2226 /**
2227 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2228 * from the web.
2229 *
2230 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2231 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2232 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2233 */
2234 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2235
2236 /**
2237 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2238 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2239 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2240 *
2241 * The options are:
2242 *
2243 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2244 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2245 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2246 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2247 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2248 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2249 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2250 *
2251 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2252 */
2253 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2257 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2258 *
2259 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2260 */
2261 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2262
2263 /**
2264 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2265 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2266 *
2267 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2268 */
2269 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2270
2271 /**
2272 * The cache type for storing session data.
2273 *
2274 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2275 */
2276 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2277
2278 /**
2279 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2280 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2281 *
2282 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2283 *
2284 * @since 1.20
2285 */
2286 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2290 *
2291 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2292 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2293 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2294 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2295 *
2296 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2297 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2298 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2299 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2300 */
2301 $wgObjectCaches = [
2302 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2303 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2304
2305 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2306 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2307 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2308
2309 'db-replicated' => [
2310 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2311 'readFactory' => [
2312 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2313 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2314 ],
2315 'writeFactory' => [
2316 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2317 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2318 ],
2319 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2320 'reportDupes' => false
2321 ],
2322
2323 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2324 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2325 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2326 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2327 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2328 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2329 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2330 ];
2331
2332 /**
2333 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2334 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2335 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2336 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2337 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2338 *
2339 * The options are:
2340 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2341 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2342 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2343 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2344 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2345 * @since 1.26
2346 */
2347 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2348
2349 /**
2350 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2351 *
2352 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2353 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2354 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2355 *
2356 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2357 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2358 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2359 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2360 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2361 *
2362 * @since 1.26
2363 */
2364 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2365 CACHE_NONE => [
2366 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2367 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2368 'channels' => []
2369 ]
2370 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2371 'memcached-php' => [
2372 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2373 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2374 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2375 ]
2376 */
2377 ];
2378
2379 /**
2380 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2381 *
2382 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2383 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2384 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2385 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2386 *
2387 * @var bool
2388 * @since 1.29
2389 */
2390 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2391
2392 /**
2393 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2394 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2395 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2396 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2397 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2398 *
2399 * The options are:
2400 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2401 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2402 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2403 *
2404 * @since 1.26
2405 */
2406 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2407
2408 /**
2409 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2410 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2411 */
2412 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2413
2414 /**
2415 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2416 */
2417 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2418
2419 /**
2420 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2421 */
2422 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2423
2424 /**
2425 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2426 */
2427 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2428
2429 /**
2430 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2431 *
2432 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2433 *
2434 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2435 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2436 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2437 * others' cookies.
2438 *
2439 * @since 1.27
2440 * @var string
2441 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2442 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2443 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2444 */
2445 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2446
2447 /**
2448 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2449 *
2450 * @since 1.28
2451 */
2452 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2453
2454 /**
2455 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2456 */
2457 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2458
2459 /**
2460 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2461 */
2462 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2463
2464 /**
2465 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2466 * requests.
2467 */
2468 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2469
2470 /**
2471 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2472 */
2473 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2474
2475 /**
2476 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2477 *
2478 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2479 *
2480 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2481 *
2482 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2483 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2484 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2485 */
2486 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2487
2488 /**
2489 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2490 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2491 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2492 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2493 */
2494 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2495
2496 /**
2497 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2498 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2499 *
2500 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2501 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2502 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2503 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2504 * otherwise the database will be used.
2505 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2506 * store static arrays.
2507 *
2508 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2509 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2510 *
2511 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2512 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2513 * will be used.
2514 *
2515 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2516 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2517 */
2518 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2519 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2520 'store' => 'detect',
2521 'storeClass' => false,
2522 'storeDirectory' => false,
2523 'manualRecache' => false,
2524 ];
2525
2526 /**
2527 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2528 */
2529 $wgCachePages = true;
2530
2531 /**
2532 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2533 * client-side and server-side caching.
2534 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2535 * @verbatim
2536 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2537 * @endverbatim
2538 */
2539 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2540
2541 /**
2542 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2543 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2544 */
2545 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2546
2547 /**
2548 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2549 *
2550 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2551 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2552 * styles.
2553 *
2554 * @deprecated since 1.31
2555 */
2556 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2557
2558 /**
2559 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2560 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2561 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2562 */
2563 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2567 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2568 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2569 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2570 */
2571 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2572
2573 /**
2574 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2575 * @deprecated since 1.26
2576 */
2577 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2578
2579 /**
2580 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2581 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2582 */
2583 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2584
2585 /**
2586 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2587 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2588 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2589 *
2590 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2591 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2592 * don't update as expected.
2593 */
2594 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2595
2596 /**
2597 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2598 */
2599 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2600
2601 /**
2602 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2603 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2604 *
2605 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2606 */
2607 $wgUseGzip = false;
2608
2609 /**
2610 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2611 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2612 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2613 * a grace period.
2614 */
2615 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2619 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2620 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2621 *
2622 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2623 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2624 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2625 */
2626 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2627
2628 /**
2629 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2630 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2631 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2632 *
2633 * @par Example:
2634 * @code
2635 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2636 * @endcode
2637 *
2638 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2639 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2640 *
2641 * @var int|bool
2642 */
2643 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2644
2645 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2646
2647 /************************************************************************//**
2648 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2649 *
2650 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2651 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2652 *
2653 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2654 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2655 * more details.
2656 *
2657 * @{
2658 */
2659
2660 /**
2661 * Enable/disable CDN.
2662 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2663 */
2664 $wgUseSquid = false;
2665
2666 /**
2667 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2668 */
2669 $wgUseESI = false;
2670
2671 /**
2672 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2673 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2674 * @since 1.27
2675 */
2676 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2677
2678 /**
2679 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2680 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2681 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2682 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2683 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2684 * HTTP redirects.
2685 */
2686 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2687
2688 /**
2689 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2690 *
2691 * @par Example:
2692 * @code
2693 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2694 * @endcode
2695 */
2696 $wgInternalServer = false;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2700 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2701 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2702 *
2703 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2704 */
2705 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2706
2707 /**
2708 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2709 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2710 * @since 1.27
2711 */
2712 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2713
2714 /**
2715 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2716 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2717 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2718 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2719 *
2720 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2721 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2722 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2723 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2724 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2725 *
2726 * @since 1.27
2727 */
2728 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2729
2730 /**
2731 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2732 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2733 * @since 1.27
2734 */
2735 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2736
2737 /**
2738 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2739 *
2740 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2741 */
2742 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2743
2744 /**
2745 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2746 *
2747 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2748 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2749 *
2750 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2751 */
2752 $wgSquidServers = [];
2753
2754 /**
2755 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2756 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2757 * CIDR blocks.
2758 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2759 */
2760 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2761
2762 /**
2763 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2764 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2765 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2766 *
2767 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2768 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2769 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2770 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2771 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2772 *
2773 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2774 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2775 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2776 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2777 * reverse).
2778 *
2779 * @since 1.21
2780 */
2781 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2782
2783 /**
2784 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2785 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2786 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2787 *
2788 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2789 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2790 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2791 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2792 *
2793 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2794 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2795 * @code
2796 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2797 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2798 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2799 * 'port' => 4827,
2800 * ],
2801 * '' => [
2802 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2803 * 'port' => 4827,
2804 * ],
2805 * ];
2806 * @endcode
2807 *
2808 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2809 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2810 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2811 *
2812 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2813 * @code
2814 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2815 * '' => [
2816 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2817 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2818 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2819 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2820 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2821 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2822 * ],
2823 * ];
2824 * @endcode
2825 *
2826 * @since 1.22
2827 *
2828 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2829 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2830 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2831 *
2832 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2833 */
2834 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2835
2836 /**
2837 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2838 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2839 */
2840 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2841
2842 /**
2843 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2844 */
2845 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2846
2847 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2848
2849 /************************************************************************//**
2850 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2851 * @{
2852 */
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2856 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2857 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2858 *
2859 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2860 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2861 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2862 *
2863 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2864 * change it in their preferences.
2865 *
2866 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2867 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2868 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2869 */
2870 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2871
2872 /**
2873 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2874 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2875 */
2876 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2877
2878 /**
2879 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2880 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2881 *
2882 * @par Example:
2883 * @code
2884 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2885 * @endcode
2886 */
2887 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2888
2889 /**
2890 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2891 */
2892 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2893
2894 /**
2895 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2896 */
2897 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2898
2899 /**
2900 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2901 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2902 * Notes:
2903 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2904 * map.
2905 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2906 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2907 * this array.
2908 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2909 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2910 * the prefix in this array.
2911 */
2912 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2913
2914 /**
2915 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2916 */
2917 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2918
2919 /**
2920 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2921 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2922 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2923 *
2924 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2925 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2926 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2927 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2928 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2929 *
2930 * @since 1.29
2931 */
2932 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2933 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2934 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2935 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2936 ];
2937
2938 /**
2939 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2940 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2941 *
2942 * @deprecated since 1.29
2943 */
2944 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2945
2946 /**
2947 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2948 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2949 * set to "ar".
2950 *
2951 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2952 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2953 */
2954 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2955
2956 /**
2957 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2958 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2959 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2960 * support these characters.
2961 *
2962 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2963 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2964 */
2965 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2966
2967 /**
2968 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2969 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2970 * impact.
2971 *
2972 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2973 * details.
2974 *
2975 * @since 1.17
2976 */
2977 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2978
2979 /**
2980 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2981 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2982 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2983 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2984 *
2985 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2986 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2987 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2988 */
2989 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2990
2991 /**
2992 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
2993 */
2994 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
2995
2996 /**
2997 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2998 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2999 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3000 *
3001 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3002 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3003 * to remain viewable.
3004 *
3005 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3006 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3007 */
3008 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3012 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3013 */
3014 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3018 * numerals in interface.
3019 */
3020 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3024 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3025 */
3026 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3030 */
3031 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3032
3033 /**
3034 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3035 */
3036 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3037
3038 /**
3039 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3040 */
3041 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3045 */
3046 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3047
3048 /**
3049 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3050 */
3051 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3052
3053 /**
3054 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3055 * used to ease variant development work.
3056 */
3057 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3058
3059 /**
3060 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3061 *
3062 * @par Example:
3063 * @code
3064 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3065 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3066 * @endcode
3067 */
3068 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3069
3070 /**
3071 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3072 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3073 * language variant.
3074 *
3075 * @par Example:
3076 * @code
3077 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3078 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3079 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3080 * @endcode
3081 *
3082 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3083 *
3084 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3085 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3086 */
3087 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3088
3089 /**
3090 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3091 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3092 * customise these.
3093 */
3094 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3095
3096 /**
3097 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3098 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3099 *
3100 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3101 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3102 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3103 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3104 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3105 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3106 * the default behavior.
3107 *
3108 * @par Example:
3109 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3110 * portal:
3111 * @code
3112 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3113 * @endcode
3114 */
3115 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3116
3117 /**
3118 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3119 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3120 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3121 *
3122 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3123 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3124 *
3125 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3126 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3127 *
3128 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3129 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3130 *
3131 * @par Examples:
3132 * @code
3133 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3134 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3135 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3136 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3137 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3138 * @endcode
3139 */
3140 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3141
3142 /**
3143 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3144 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3145 *
3146 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3147 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3148 *
3149 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3150 */
3151 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3152
3153 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3154
3155 /*************************************************************************//**
3156 * @name Output format and skin settings
3157 * @{
3158 */
3159
3160 /**
3161 * The default Content-Type header.
3162 */
3163 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3164
3165 /**
3166 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3167 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3168 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3169 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3170 * @deprecated since 1.22
3171 */
3172 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3173
3174 /**
3175 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3176 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3177 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3178 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3179 * @deprecated since 1.22
3180 */
3181 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3182
3183 /**
3184 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3185 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3186 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3187 * to true by Setup.php.
3188 * @deprecated since 1.22
3189 */
3190 $wgHtml5 = true;
3191
3192 /**
3193 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3194 *
3195 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3196 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3197 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3198 * @since 1.16
3199 */
3200 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3201
3202 /**
3203 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3204 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3205 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3206 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3207 * @since 1.24
3208 */
3209 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3210
3211 /**
3212 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3213 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3214 * stable and change has been communicated.
3215 * @since 1.24
3216 */
3217 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3221 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3222 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3223 *
3224 * @since 1.28
3225 */
3226 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3227
3228 /**
3229 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3230 *
3231 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3232 *
3233 * @par Example:
3234 * @code
3235 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3236 * @endcode
3237 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3238 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3239 *
3240 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3241 */
3242 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3243
3244 /**
3245 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3246 *
3247 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3248 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3249 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3250 */
3251 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3252
3253 /**
3254 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3255 */
3256 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3257
3258 /**
3259 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3260 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3261 */
3262 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3263
3264 /**
3265 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3266 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3267 */
3268 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3269
3270 /**
3271 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3272 *
3273 * @since 1.24
3274 */
3275 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3279 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3280 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3281 */
3282 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3283
3284 /**
3285 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3286 */
3287 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3288
3289 /**
3290 * Allow user Javascript page?
3291 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3292 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3293 */
3294 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3295
3296 /**
3297 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3298 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3299 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3300 */
3301 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3302
3303 /**
3304 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3305 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3306 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3307 */
3308 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3312 */
3313 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3314
3315 /**
3316 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3317 */
3318 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3319
3320 /**
3321 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3322 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3323 */
3324 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3325
3326 /**
3327 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3328 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3329 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3330 *
3331 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3332 *
3333 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3334 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3335 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3336 *
3337 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3338 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3339 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3340 * recommended.
3341 *
3342 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3343 * not just edit pages.
3344 */
3345 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3346
3347 /**
3348 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3349 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3350 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3351 * Options are:
3352 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3353 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3354 * - false: Allow all framing.
3355 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3356 */
3357 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3358
3359 /**
3360 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3361 */
3362 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3363
3364 /**
3365 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3366 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3367 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3368 *
3369 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3370 */
3371 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3372
3373 /**
3374 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3375 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3376 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3377 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3378 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3379 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3380 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3381 *
3382 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3383 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3384 * a page.
3385 *
3386 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3387 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3388 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3389 * would still work.
3390 *
3391 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3392 *
3393 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3394 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3395 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3396 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3397 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3398 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3399 * fragment mode is used.
3400 *
3401 * @since 1.30
3402 */
3403 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy' ];
3404
3405 /**
3406 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3407 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3408 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3409 * to 'html5'.
3410 *
3411 * @since 1.30
3412 */
3413 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3414
3415 /**
3416 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3417 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3418 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3419 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3420 *
3421 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3422 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3423 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3424 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3425 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3426 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3427 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3428 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3429 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3430 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3431 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3432 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3433 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3434 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3435 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3436 * not be outputted
3437 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3438 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3439 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3440 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3441 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3442 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3443 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3444 */
3445 $wgFooterIcons = [
3446 "copyright" => [
3447 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3448 ],
3449 "poweredby" => [
3450 "mediawiki" => [
3451 // Defaults to point at
3452 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3453 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3454 "src" => null,
3455 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3456 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3457 ]
3458 ],
3459 ];
3460
3461 /**
3462 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3463 * to create an account.
3464 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3465 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3466 */
3467 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3468
3469 /**
3470 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3471 */
3472 $wgEdititis = false;
3473
3474 /**
3475 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3476 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3477 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3478 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3479 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3480 *
3481 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3482 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3483 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3484 */
3485 $wgSend404Code = true;
3486
3487 /**
3488 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3489 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3490 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3491 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3492 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3493 *
3494 * @since 1.20
3495 */
3496 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3497
3498 /**
3499 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3500 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3501 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3502 * unconditionally.
3503 */
3504 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3505
3506 /**
3507 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3508 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3509 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3510 * the domain root.
3511 *
3512 * @since 1.25
3513 */
3514 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3515
3516 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3517
3518 /*************************************************************************//**
3519 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3520 * @{
3521 */
3522
3523 /**
3524 * Client-side resource modules.
3525 *
3526 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3527 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3528 *
3529 * @par Example:
3530 * @code
3531 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3532 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3533 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3534 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3535 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3536 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3537 * ];
3538 * @endcode
3539 */
3540 $wgResourceModules = [];
3541
3542 /**
3543 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3544 *
3545 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3546 * not be modified or disabled.
3547 *
3548 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3549 *
3550 * @par Example:
3551 * @code
3552 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3553 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3554 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3555 * ];
3556 *
3557 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3558 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3559 * ];
3560 * @endcode
3561 *
3562 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3563 *
3564 * @par Equivalent:
3565 * @code
3566 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3567 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3568 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3569 * 'skinStyles' => [
3570 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3571 * ],
3572 * ];
3573 * @endcode
3574 *
3575 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3576 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3577 *
3578 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3579 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3580 *
3581 * @par Example:
3582 * @code
3583 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3584 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3585 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3586 * 'skinStyles' => [
3587 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3588 * ],
3589 * ];
3590 * // Note the '+' character:
3591 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3592 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3593 * ];
3594 * @endcode
3595 *
3596 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3597 *
3598 * @par Equivalent:
3599 * @code
3600 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3601 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3602 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3603 * 'skinStyles' => [
3604 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3605 * 'foo' => [
3606 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3607 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3608 * ],
3609 * ],
3610 * ];
3611 * @endcode
3612 *
3613 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3614 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3615 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3616 *
3617 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3618 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3619 *
3620 * @par Example:
3621 * @code
3622 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3623 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3624 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3625 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3626 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3627 * ];
3628 * @endcode
3629 */
3630 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3631
3632 /**
3633 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3634 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3635 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3636 *
3637 * @par Example:
3638 * @code
3639 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3640 * @endcode
3641 */
3642 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3643
3644 /**
3645 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3646 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3647 */
3648 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3649
3650 /**
3651 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3652 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3653 *
3654 * Following options to distinguish:
3655 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3656 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3657 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3658 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3659 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3660 *
3661 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3662 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3663 * client and MediaWiki.
3664 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3665 */
3666 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3667 'versioned' => [
3668 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3669 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3670 ],
3671 'unversioned' => [
3672 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3673 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3674 ],
3675 ];
3676
3677 /**
3678 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3679 *
3680 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3681 */
3682 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3683
3684 /**
3685 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3686 *
3687 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3688 */
3689 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3690
3691 /**
3692 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3693 *
3694 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3695 * work.
3696 *
3697 * @par Example of legacy code:
3698 * @code{,js}
3699 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3700 * @endcode
3701 * or:
3702 * @code{,js}
3703 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3704 * @endcode
3705 *
3706 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3707 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3708 * @code{,js}
3709 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3710 * @endcode
3711 * or:
3712 * @code{,js}
3713 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3714 * @endcode
3715 */
3716 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3717
3718 /**
3719 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3720 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3721 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3722 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3723 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3724 * that you can't increase.
3725 *
3726 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3727 * string length limit.
3728 *
3729 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3730 */
3731 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3732
3733 /**
3734 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3735 * prior to minification to validate it.
3736 *
3737 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3738 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3739 */
3740 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3741
3742 /**
3743 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3744 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3745 *
3746 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3747 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3748 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3749 */
3750 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3751
3752 /**
3753 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3754 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3755 *
3756 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3757 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3758 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3759 *
3760 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3761 *
3762 * @par Example:
3763 * @code
3764 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3765 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3766 * 'exampleBlue' => '#eee',
3767 * ];
3768 * @endcode
3769 * @since 1.22
3770 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3771 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3772 */
3773 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3774 /**
3775 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3776 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3777 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3778 * @since 1.27
3779 */
3780 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3781 ];
3782
3783 /**
3784 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3785 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3786 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3787 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3788 *
3789 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3790 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3791 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3792 * files from its own tree.
3793 *
3794 * @since 1.22
3795 */
3796 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3797 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3798 ];
3799
3800 /**
3801 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3802 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3803 */
3804 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3805
3806 /**
3807 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3808 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3809 *
3810 * @since 1.23
3811 */
3812 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3813
3814 /**
3815 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3816 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3817 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3818 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3819 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3820 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3821 * from the rest of the site.
3822 *
3823 * @since 1.25
3824 */
3825 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3826
3827 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3828
3829 /*************************************************************************//**
3830 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3831 * @{
3832 */
3833
3834 /**
3835 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3836 * used instead.
3837 */
3838 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3839
3840 /**
3841 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3842 *
3843 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3844 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3845 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3846 */
3847 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3848
3849 /**
3850 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3851 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3852 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3853 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3854 * hook or extension.json.
3855 *
3856 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3857 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3858 * the new namespace name.
3859 *
3860 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3861 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3862 *
3863 * @par Example:
3864 * @code
3865 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3866 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3867 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3868 * 102 => "Aide",
3869 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3870 * ];
3871 * @endcode
3872 *
3873 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3874 */
3875 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3876
3877 /**
3878 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3879 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3880 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3881 * @since 1.18
3882 */
3883 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3884
3885 /**
3886 * Namespace aliases.
3887 *
3888 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3889 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3890 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3891 * name.
3892 *
3893 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3894 *
3895 * @par Example:
3896 * @code
3897 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3898 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3899 * 'Help' => 100,
3900 * ];
3901 * @endcode
3902 */
3903 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3904
3905 /**
3906 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3907 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3908 *
3909 * Problematic punctuation:
3910 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3911 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3912 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3913 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3914 * corrupted by apache
3915 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3916 *
3917 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3918 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3919 *
3920 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3921 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3922 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3923 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3924 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3925 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3926 *
3927 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3928 *
3929 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3930 * this breaks interlanguage links
3931 */
3932 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3933
3934 /**
3935 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3936 *
3937 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3938 */
3939 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3940
3941 /**
3942 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3943 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3944 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3945 *
3946 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3947 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3948 */
3949 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3950
3951 /**
3952 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3953 */
3954 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3955
3956 /**
3957 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3958 * @{
3959 */
3960
3961 /**
3962 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3963 * database (.cdb) file.
3964 *
3965 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3966 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3967 * formats such as the following:
3968 *
3969 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3970 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3971 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3972 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3973 *
3974 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3975 * data layout.
3976 *
3977 * @var bool|array|string
3978 */
3979 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3980
3981 /**
3982 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3983 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3984 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3985 * - 3: site levels
3986 */
3987 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3988
3989 /**
3990 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3991 */
3992 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3993
3994 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3995
3996 /**
3997 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3998 * @{
3999 */
4000
4001 /**
4002 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4003 */
4004 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4005
4006 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4007
4008 /**
4009 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4010 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4011 * as 'redirected from' links.
4012 *
4013 * @par Example:
4014 * It might look something like this:
4015 * @code
4016 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4017 * @endcode
4018 *
4019 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4020 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4021 * the URL.
4022 */
4023 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4024
4025 /**
4026 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4027 *
4028 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4029 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4030 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4031 */
4032 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4033
4034 /**
4035 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4036 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4037 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4038 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4039 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4040 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4041 * NS_FILE.
4042 *
4043 * @par Example:
4044 * @code
4045 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4046 * @endcode
4047 */
4048 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4049
4050 /**
4051 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4052 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4053 */
4054 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4055 NS_TALK => true,
4056 NS_USER => true,
4057 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4058 NS_PROJECT => true,
4059 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4060 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4061 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4062 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4063 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4064 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4065 NS_HELP => true,
4066 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4067 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4068 ];
4069
4070 /**
4071 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4072 *
4073 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4074 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4075 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4076 *
4077 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4078 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4079 *
4080 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4081 * the new extension registration system.
4082 *
4083 * @since 1.23
4084 */
4085 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4089 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4090 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4091 * number of articles in the wiki.
4092 */
4093 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4094
4095 /**
4096 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4097 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4098 * be shown on that page.
4099 * @since 1.30
4100 */
4101 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4102
4103 /**
4104 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4105 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4106 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4107 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4108 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4109 */
4110 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4114 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4115 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4116 */
4117 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4118
4119 /**
4120 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4121 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4122 * will make the redirect fail.
4123 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4124 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4125 *
4126 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4127 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4128 */
4129 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4130
4131 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4132
4133 /************************************************************************//**
4134 * @name Parser settings
4135 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4136 * @{
4137 */
4138
4139 /**
4140 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4141 *
4142 * class The class name
4143 *
4144 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4145 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4146 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4147 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4148 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4149 *
4150 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4151 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4152 *
4153 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4154 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4155 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4156 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4157 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4158 * an extension setup function.
4159 */
4160 $wgParserConf = [
4161 'class' => 'Parser',
4162 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4163 ];
4164
4165 /**
4166 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4167 */
4168 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4172 * by PPFrame::expand()
4173 */
4174 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4175
4176 /**
4177 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4178 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4179 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4180 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4181 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4182 *
4183 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4184 */
4185 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4186
4187 /**
4188 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4189 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4190 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4191 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4192 */
4193 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4194
4195 /**
4196 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4197 */
4198 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4199
4200 /**
4201 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4202 *
4203 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4204 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4205 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4206 * more information.
4207 *
4208 * @see wfParseUrl
4209 */
4210 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4211 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4212 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4213 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4214 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4215 ];
4216
4217 /**
4218 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4219 */
4220 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4221
4222 /**
4223 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4224 */
4225 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4226
4227 /**
4228 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4229 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4230 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4231 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4232 *
4233 * @par Examples:
4234 * @code
4235 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4236 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4237 * @endcode
4238 */
4239 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4240
4241 /**
4242 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4243 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4244 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4245 * The image will be displayed.
4246 *
4247 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4248 * Or false to disable it
4249 */
4250 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4251
4252 /**
4253 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4254 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4255 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4256 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4257 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4258 * sites they control.
4259 */
4260 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4261
4262 /**
4263 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4264 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4265 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4266 *
4267 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4268 * parameters will be used instead.
4269 *
4270 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4271 *
4272 * Keys are:
4273 * - driver: May be:
4274 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4275 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4276 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4277 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4278 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4279 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4280 *
4281 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4282 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4283 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4284 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4285 */
4286 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4287
4288 /**
4289 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4290 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4291 */
4292 $wgUseTidy = false;
4293
4294 /**
4295 * The path to the tidy binary.
4296 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4297 */
4298 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4299
4300 /**
4301 * The path to the tidy config file
4302 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4303 */
4304 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4305
4306 /**
4307 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4308 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4309 */
4310 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4311
4312 /**
4313 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4314 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4315 */
4316 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4317
4318 /**
4319 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4320 * Only works for internal tidy.
4321 */
4322 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4323
4324 /**
4325 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4326 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4327 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4328 */
4329 $wgRawHtml = false;
4330
4331 /**
4332 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4333 *
4334 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4335 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4336 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4337 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4338 * to some of your users.
4339 */
4340 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4344 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4345 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4346 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4347 */
4348 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4352 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4353 */
4354 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4355
4356 /**
4357 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4358 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4359 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4360 *
4361 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4362 *
4363 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4364 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4365 * etc.
4366 *
4367 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4368 */
4369 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4370
4371 /**
4372 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4373 */
4374 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4375
4376 /**
4377 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4378 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4379 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4380 */
4381 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4382
4383 /**
4384 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4385 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4386 */
4387 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4388
4389 /**
4390 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4391 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4392 */
4393 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4394
4395 /**
4396 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4397 */
4398 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4399
4400 /**
4401 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4402 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4403 */
4404 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4405
4406 /**
4407 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4408 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4409 *
4410 * @since 1.28
4411 */
4412 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4413 'ISBN' => false,
4414 'PMID' => false,
4415 'RFC' => false
4416 ];
4417
4418 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4419
4420 /************************************************************************//**
4421 * @name Statistics
4422 * @{
4423 */
4424
4425 /**
4426 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4427 * as a valid article.
4428 *
4429 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4430 *
4431 * This variable can have the following values:
4432 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4433 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4434 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4435 *
4436 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4437 *
4438 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4439 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4440 * script.
4441 */
4442 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4443
4444 /**
4445 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4446 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4447 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4448 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4449 * numbers between different wikis.
4450 */
4451 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4452
4453 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4454
4455 /************************************************************************//**
4456 * @name User accounts, authentication
4457 * @{
4458 */
4459
4460 /**
4461 * Central ID lookup providers
4462 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4463 * @since 1.27
4464 */
4465 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4466 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4467 ];
4468
4469 /**
4470 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4471 * @var string
4472 */
4473 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4474
4475 /**
4476 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4477 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4478 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4479 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4480 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4481 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4482 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4483 * Statements:
4484 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4485 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4486 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4487 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4488 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4489 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4490 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4491 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4492 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4493 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4494 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4495 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4496 * @since 1.26
4497 */
4498 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4499 'policies' => [
4500 'bureaucrat' => [
4501 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4502 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4503 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4504 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4505 ],
4506 'sysop' => [
4507 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4508 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4509 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4510 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4511 ],
4512 'bot' => [
4513 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4514 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4515 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4516 ],
4517 'default' => [
4518 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4519 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4520 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4521 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4522 ],
4523 ],
4524 'checks' => [
4525 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4526 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4527 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4529 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4530 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4531 ],
4532 ];
4533
4534 /**
4535 * Configure AuthManager
4536 *
4537 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4538 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4539 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4540 * (default is 0).
4541 *
4542 * Elements are:
4543 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4544 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4545 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4546 *
4547 * @since 1.27
4548 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4549 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4550 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4551 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4552 */
4553 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4554
4555 /**
4556 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4557 * @since 1.27
4558 */
4559 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4560 'preauth' => [
4561 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4562 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4563 'sort' => 0,
4564 ],
4565 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4566 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4567 'sort' => 0,
4568 ],
4569 ],
4570 'primaryauth' => [
4571 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4572 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4573 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4574 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4575 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4576 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4577 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4578 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4579 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4580 'args' => [ [
4581 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4582 'authoritative' => false,
4583 ] ],
4584 'sort' => 0,
4585 ],
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'args' => [ [
4589 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4590 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4591 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4592 // password") if it too fails.
4593 'authoritative' => true,
4594 ] ],
4595 'sort' => 100,
4596 ],
4597 ],
4598 'secondaryauth' => [
4599 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 'sort' => 0,
4602 ],
4603 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4604 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4605 'sort' => 100,
4606 ],
4607 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4608 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4609 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4610 // 'sort' => 100,
4611 // ],
4612 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4613 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4614 'sort' => 200,
4615 ],
4616 ],
4617 ];
4618
4619 /**
4620 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4621 *
4622 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4623 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4624 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4625 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4626 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4627 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4628 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4629 * that needs to do this.
4630 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4631 * the last X seconds.
4632 * - Come up with a third option.
4633 *
4634 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4635 * "X seconds".
4636 *
4637 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4638 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4639 * - LinkAccounts
4640 * - UnlinkAccount
4641 * - ChangeCredentials
4642 * - RemoveCredentials
4643 * - ChangeEmail
4644 *
4645 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4646 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4647 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4648 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4649 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4650 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4651 *
4652 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4653 *
4654 * @since 1.27
4655 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4656 */
4657 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4658 'default' => 300,
4659 ];
4660
4661 /**
4662 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4663 *
4664 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4665 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4666 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4667 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4668 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4669 *
4670 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4671 *
4672 * @since 1.27
4673 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4674 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4675 */
4676 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4677 'default' => true,
4678 ];
4679
4680 /**
4681 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4682 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4683 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4684 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4685 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4686 * @since 1.27
4687 * @var string[]
4688 */
4689 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4690 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4691 ];
4692
4693 /**
4694 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4695 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4696 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4697 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4698 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4699 * @since 1.27
4700 * @var string[]
4701 */
4702 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4703 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4704 ];
4705
4706 /**
4707 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4708 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4709 */
4710 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4711
4712 /**
4713 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4714 * words are allowed.
4715 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4716 */
4717 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4718
4719 /**
4720 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4721 *
4722 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4723 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4724 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4725 *
4726 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4727 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4728 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4729 */
4730 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4731
4732 /**
4733 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4734 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4735 * @since 1.23
4736 */
4737 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4738
4739 /**
4740 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4741 *
4742 * @since 1.24
4743 */
4744 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4745
4746 /**
4747 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4748 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4749 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4750 *
4751 * An advanced example:
4752 * @code
4753 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4754 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4755 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4756 * 'secrets' => [],
4757 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4758 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4759 * 'cost' => 5,
4760 * ];
4761 * @endcode
4762 *
4763 * @since 1.24
4764 */
4765 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4766 'A' => [
4767 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4768 ],
4769 'B' => [
4770 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4771 ],
4772 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4773 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4774 'types' => [
4775 'A',
4776 'pbkdf2',
4777 ],
4778 ],
4779 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4780 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4781 'types' => [
4782 'B',
4783 'pbkdf2',
4784 ],
4785 ],
4786 'bcrypt' => [
4787 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4788 'cost' => 9,
4789 ],
4790 'pbkdf2' => [
4791 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4792 'algo' => 'sha512',
4793 'cost' => '30000',
4794 'length' => '64',
4795 ],
4796 ];
4797
4798 /**
4799 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4800 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4801 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4802 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4803 */
4804 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4805 'username' => true,
4806 'email' => true,
4807 ];
4808
4809 /**
4810 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4811 */
4812 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4813
4814 /**
4815 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4816 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4817 */
4818 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4819
4820 /**
4821 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4822 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4823 */
4824 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4825 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4826 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4827 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4828 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4829 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4830 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4831 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4832 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4833 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4834 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4835 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4836 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4837 ];
4838
4839 /**
4840 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4841 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4842 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4843 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4844 */
4845 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4846 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4847 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4848 'date' => 'default',
4849 'diffonly' => 0,
4850 'disablemail' => 0,
4851 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4852 'editondblclick' => 0,
4853 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4854 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4855 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4856 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4857 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4858 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4859 'fancysig' => 0,
4860 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4861 'gender' => 'unknown',
4862 'hideminor' => 0,
4863 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4864 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4865 'imagesize' => 2,
4866 'minordefault' => 0,
4867 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4868 'nickname' => '',
4869 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4870 'numberheadings' => 0,
4871 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4872 'previewontop' => 1,
4873 'rcdays' => 7,
4874 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4875 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4876 'rclimit' => 50,
4877 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4878 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4879 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4880 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4881 'skin' => false,
4882 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4883 'thumbsize' => 5,
4884 'underline' => 2,
4885 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4886 'usenewrc' => 1,
4887 'watchcreations' => 1,
4888 'watchdefault' => 1,
4889 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4890 'watchuploads' => 1,
4891 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4892 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4893 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4894 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4895 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4896 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4897 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4898 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4899 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4900 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4901 'watchmoves' => 0,
4902 'watchrollback' => 0,
4903 'wllimit' => 250,
4904 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4905 'prefershttps' => 1,
4906 ];
4907
4908 /**
4909 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4910 */
4911 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4912
4913 /**
4914 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4915 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4916 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4917 */
4918 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4919
4920 /**
4921 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4922 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4923 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4924 *
4925 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4926 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4927 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4928 */
4929 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4930
4931 /**
4932 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4933 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4934 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4935 * @since 1.17
4936 */
4937 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4938
4939 /**
4940 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4941 *
4942 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4943 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4944 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4945 *
4946 * @since 1.27
4947 * @var string|null
4948 */
4949 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4950
4951 /**
4952 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4953 *
4954 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4955 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4956 *
4957 * @since 1.27
4958 */
4959 $wgSessionProviders = [
4960 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4961 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4962 'args' => [ [
4963 'priority' => 30,
4964 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4965 ] ],
4966 ],
4967 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4968 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4969 'args' => [ [
4970 'priority' => 75,
4971 ] ],
4972 ],
4973 ];
4974
4975 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4976
4977 /************************************************************************//**
4978 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4979 * @{
4980 */
4981
4982 /**
4983 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4984 */
4985 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4989 */
4990 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4991
4992 /**
4993 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4994 */
4995 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4996
4997 /**
4998 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4999 *
5000 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5001 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5002 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5003 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5004 *
5005 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5006 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5007 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5008 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5009 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5010 */
5011 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5012 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5013 'IPv6' => 19,
5014 ];
5015
5016 /**
5017 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5018 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5019 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5020 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5021 * anonymous visitors.
5022 */
5023 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5024
5025 /**
5026 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5027 *
5028 * @par Example:
5029 * @code
5030 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5031 * @endcode
5032 *
5033 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5034 *
5035 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5036 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5037 *
5038 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5039 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5040 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5041 *
5042 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5043 * hook instead.
5044 */
5045 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5046
5047 /**
5048 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5049 *
5050 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5051 * is without underscore.
5052 *
5053 * @par Example:
5054 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5055 * @code
5056 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5057 * @endcode
5058 *
5059 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5060 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5061 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5062 *
5063 * @par Example:
5064 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5065 * @code
5066 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5067 * @endcode
5068 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5069 *
5070 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5071 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5072 */
5073 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5074
5075 /**
5076 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5077 * address before being allowed to edit?
5078 */
5079 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5080
5081 /**
5082 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5083 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5084 */
5085 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5086
5087 /**
5088 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5089 *
5090 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5091 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5092 *
5093 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5094 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5095 *
5096 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5097 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5098 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5099 * in in the user_groups table.
5100 *
5101 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5102 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5103 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5104 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5105 *
5106 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5107 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5108 *
5109 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5110 */
5111 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5112
5113 /** @cond file_level_code */
5114 // Implicit group for all visitors
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5128 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5129
5130 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5150
5151 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5154
5155 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5156 // from various log pages by default
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5165
5166 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5170 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5172 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5174 // can view deleted revision text
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5206 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5207 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5211
5212 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5215 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5216 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5217 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5218 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5219
5220 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5222 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5224 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5225 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5226 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5227 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5228 // For private suppression log access
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5230
5231 /**
5232 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5233 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5234 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5235 * server.
5236 */
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5238
5239 /** @endcond */
5240
5241 /**
5242 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5243 *
5244 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5245 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5246 *
5247 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5248 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5249 */
5250 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5251
5252 /**
5253 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5254 */
5255 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5256
5257 /**
5258 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5259 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5260 *
5261 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5262 * group".
5263 *
5264 * @par Example:
5265 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5266 * @code
5267 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5268 * @endcode
5269 *
5270 * @par Example:
5271 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5272 * @code
5273 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5274 * @endcode
5275 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5276 * any group that they happen to be in.
5277 */
5278 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5279
5280 /**
5281 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5282 */
5283 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5284
5285 /**
5286 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5287 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5288 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5289 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5290 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5291 */
5292 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5293
5294 /**
5295 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5296 *
5297 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5298 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5299 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5300 *
5301 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5302 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5303 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5304 */
5305 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5306
5307 /**
5308 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5309 *
5310 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5311 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5312 *
5313 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5314 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5315 */
5316 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5317
5318 /**
5319 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5320 *
5321 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5322 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5323 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5324 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5325 * "semiprotected".
5326 *
5327 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5328 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5329 */
5330 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5331
5332 /**
5333 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5334 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5335 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5336 *
5337 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5338 */
5339 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5340
5341 /**
5342 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5343 *
5344 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5345 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5346 *
5347 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5348 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5349 */
5350 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5351
5352 /**
5353 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5354 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5355 * privileges of new accounts.
5356 *
5357 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5358 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5359 *
5360 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5361 *
5362 * @par Example:
5363 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5364 * @code
5365 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5366 * @endcode
5367 * Set age to one day:
5368 * @code
5369 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5370 * @endcode
5371 */
5372 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5373
5374 /**
5375 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5376 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5377 *
5378 * @par Example:
5379 * @code
5380 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5381 * @endcode
5382 */
5383 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5384
5385 /**
5386 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5387 *
5388 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5389 *
5390 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5391 * 'groupname' => cond,
5392 * 'group2' => cond2,
5393 * );
5394 *
5395 * A `cond` may be:
5396 * - a single condition without arguments:
5397 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5398 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5399 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5400 * - a single condition with arguments:
5401 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5402 * - a set of conditions:
5403 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5404 *
5405 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5406 * - `&` (**AND**):
5407 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5408 * - `|` (**OR**):
5409 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5410 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5411 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5412 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5413 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5414 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5415 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5416 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5417 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5418 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5419 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5420 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5421 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5422 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5423 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5424 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5425 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5426 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5427 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5428 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5429 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5430 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5431 * true if the user is blocked
5432 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5433 * true if the user is a bot
5434 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5435 *
5436 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5437 * linked by operands.
5438 *
5439 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5440 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5441 */
5442 $wgAutopromote = [
5443 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5444 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5445 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5446 ],
5447 ];
5448
5449 /**
5450 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5451 *
5452 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5453 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5454 *
5455 * The format is:
5456 * @code
5457 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5458 * @endcode
5459 * Where event is either:
5460 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5461 *
5462 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5463 *
5464 * @see $wgAutopromote
5465 * @since 1.18
5466 */
5467 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5468 'onEdit' => [],
5469 ];
5470
5471 /**
5472 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5473 * @since 1.18
5474 */
5475 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5476
5477 /**
5478 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5479 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5480 *
5481 * @par Example:
5482 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5483 * @code
5484 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5485 * @endcode
5486 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5487 * @code
5488 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5489 * @endcode
5490 * Sysops can make bots:
5491 * @code
5492 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5493 * @endcode
5494 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5495 * @code
5496 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5497 * @endcode
5498 */
5499 $wgAddGroups = [];
5500
5501 /**
5502 * @see $wgAddGroups
5503 */
5504 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5505
5506 /**
5507 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5508 * For extensions only.
5509 */
5510 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5511
5512 /**
5513 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5514 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5515 */
5516 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5517
5518 /**
5519 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5520 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5521 * This is limited for performance reason.
5522 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5523 * @since 1.23
5524 */
5525 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5526
5527 /**
5528 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5529 *
5530 * @par Example:
5531 * @code
5532 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5533 * // no more than 100 per month
5534 * [
5535 * 'count' => 100,
5536 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5537 * ],
5538 * // no more than 10 per day
5539 * [
5540 * 'count' => 10,
5541 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5542 * ],
5543 * ];
5544 * @endcode
5545 *
5546 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5547 */
5548 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5549 'count' => 0,
5550 'seconds' => 86400,
5551 ] ];
5552
5553 /**
5554 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5555 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5556 *
5557 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5558 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5559 *
5560 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5561 *
5562 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5563 */
5564 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5565
5566 /**
5567 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5568 */
5569 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5570
5571 /**
5572 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5573 * proxies
5574 * @since 1.16
5575 */
5576 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5577
5578 /**
5579 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5580 *
5581 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5582 * the blacklist require a key).
5583 *
5584 * @par Example:
5585 * @code
5586 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5587 * // String containing URL
5588 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5589 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5590 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5591 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5592 * // just use a string as shown above
5593 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5594 * ];
5595 * @endcode
5596 *
5597 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5598 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5599 * @since 1.16
5600 */
5601 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5602
5603 /**
5604 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5605 * what the other methods might say.
5606 */
5607 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5608
5609 /**
5610 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5611 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5612 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5613 * @since 1.29
5614 * @var string[]
5615 */
5616 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5617
5618 /**
5619 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5620 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5621 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5622 */
5623 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5624
5625 /**
5626 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5627 *
5628 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5629 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5630 * elapses.
5631 *
5632 * @par Example:
5633 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5634 * @code
5635 * $wgRateLimits = [
5636 * 'edit' => [
5637 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5638 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5639 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5640 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5641 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5642 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5643 * ]
5644 * ];
5645 * @endcode
5646 *
5647 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5648 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5649 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5650 * @code
5651 * $wgRateLimits = [
5652 * 'some-action' => [
5653 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5654 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5655 * ];
5656 * @endcode
5657 *
5658 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5659 */
5660 $wgRateLimits = [
5661 // Page edits
5662 'edit' => [
5663 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5664 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5665 ],
5666 // Page moves
5667 'move' => [
5668 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5669 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5670 ],
5671 // File uploads
5672 'upload' => [
5673 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5674 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5675 ],
5676 // Page rollbacks
5677 'rollback' => [
5678 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5679 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5680 ],
5681 // Triggering password resets emails
5682 'mailpassword' => [
5683 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5686 'emailuser' => [
5687 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5688 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5689 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5690 ],
5691 // Purging pages
5692 'purge' => [
5693 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5694 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5695 ],
5696 // Purges of link tables
5697 'linkpurge' => [
5698 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5699 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5700 ],
5701 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5702 'renderfile' => [
5703 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5704 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5705 ],
5706 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5707 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5708 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5709 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5710 ],
5711 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5712 'stashedit' => [
5713 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5714 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5715 ],
5716 // Adding or removing change tags
5717 'changetag' => [
5718 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5719 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5720 ],
5721 // Changing the content model of a page
5722 'editcontentmodel' => [
5723 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5724 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5725 ],
5726 ];
5727
5728 /**
5729 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5730 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5731 */
5732 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5733
5734 /**
5735 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5736 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5737 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5738 */
5739 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5740
5741 /**
5742 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5743 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5744 */
5745 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5746
5747 /**
5748 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5749 *
5750 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5751 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5752 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5753 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5754 *
5755 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5756 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5757 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5758 */
5759 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5760 // Short term limit
5761 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5762 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5763 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5764 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5765 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5766 ];
5767
5768 /**
5769 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5770 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5771 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5772 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5773 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5774 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5775 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5776 * @since 1.27
5777 */
5778 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5779
5780 // @TODO: clean up grants
5781 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5782
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5793
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5798
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5803
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5806
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5810
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5812
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5817
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5835
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5837
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5842
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5846
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5859
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5867
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5869
5870 /**
5871 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5872 * @since 1.27
5873 */
5874 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5875 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5876 'basic' => 'hidden',
5877
5878 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5879 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5880 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5881 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5882
5883 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5884 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5885
5886 'sendemail' => 'email',
5887
5888 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5889 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5890
5891 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5892 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5893
5894 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5895 'rollback' => 'administration',
5896 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5897 'delete' => 'administration',
5898 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5899 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5900 'protect' => 'administration',
5901 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5902
5903 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5904
5905 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5906 ];
5907
5908 /**
5909 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5910 * @since 1.27
5911 */
5912 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5913
5914 /**
5915 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5916 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5917 * @since 1.27
5918 */
5919 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5920
5921 /**
5922 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5923 *
5924 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5925 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5926 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5927 * @since 1.27
5928 */
5929 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5930
5931 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5932
5933 /************************************************************************//**
5934 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5935 * @{
5936 */
5937
5938 /**
5939 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5940 */
5941 $wgSecretKey = false;
5942
5943 /**
5944 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5945 *
5946 * This can have the following formats:
5947 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5948 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5949 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5950 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5951 */
5952 $wgProxyList = [];
5953
5954 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5955
5956 /************************************************************************//**
5957 * @name Cookie settings
5958 * @{
5959 */
5960
5961 /**
5962 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5963 */
5964 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5965
5966 /**
5967 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5968 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5969 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5970 * login cookies session-only.
5971 */
5972 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5973
5974 /**
5975 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5976 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5977 */
5978 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5982 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5983 */
5984 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5985
5986 /**
5987 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5988 * - true: Set secure flag
5989 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5990 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5991 */
5992 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5993
5994 /**
5995 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5996 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5997 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5998 * check.
5999 */
6000 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6001
6002 /**
6003 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6004 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6005 * name to be used as a prefix.
6006 */
6007 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6008
6009 /**
6010 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6011 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6012 * XSS attack.
6013 */
6014 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6015
6016 /**
6017 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6018 */
6019 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Override to customise the session name
6023 */
6024 $wgSessionName = false;
6025
6026 /**
6027 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6028 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6029 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6030 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6031 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6032 */
6033 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6034
6035 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6036
6037 /************************************************************************//**
6038 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6039 * @{
6040 */
6041
6042 /**
6043 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6044 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6045 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6046 * Please see math/README for more information.
6047 */
6048 $wgUseTeX = false;
6049
6050 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6051
6052 /************************************************************************//**
6053 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6054 *
6055 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6056 *
6057 * @{
6058 */
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6062 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6063 * may contain private data.
6064 */
6065 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6066
6067 /**
6068 * Prefix for debug log lines
6069 */
6070 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6071
6072 /**
6073 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6074 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6075 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6076 */
6077 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6078
6079 /**
6080 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6081 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6082 * and gen=js requests.
6083 */
6084 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6085
6086 /**
6087 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6088 *
6089 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6090 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6091 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6092 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6093 */
6094 $wgDebugComments = false;
6095
6096 /**
6097 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6098 *
6099 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6100 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6101 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6102 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6103 */
6104 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6105
6106 /**
6107 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6108 *
6109 * @since 1.26
6110 */
6111 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6112 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6113 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6114 'GET' => [
6115 'masterConns' => 0,
6116 'writes' => 0,
6117 'readQueryTime' => 5
6118 ],
6119 // HTTP POST requests.
6120 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6121 'POST' => [
6122 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6123 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6124 'maxAffected' => 1000
6125 ],
6126 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6127 'masterConns' => 0,
6128 'writes' => 0,
6129 'readQueryTime' => 5
6130 ],
6131 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6132 'PostSend-GET' => [
6133 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6134 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6135 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6136 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6137 'masterConns' => 0,
6138 'writes' => 0,
6139 ],
6140 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6141 'PostSend-POST' => [
6142 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6143 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6144 'maxAffected' => 1000
6145 ],
6146 // Background job runner
6147 'JobRunner' => [
6148 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6149 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6150 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6151 ],
6152 // Command-line scripts
6153 'Maintenance' => [
6154 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6155 'maxAffected' => 1000
6156 ]
6157 ];
6158
6159 /**
6160 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6161 *
6162 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6163 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6164 * in production.
6165 *
6166 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6167 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6168 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6169 * - associative array with keys:
6170 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6171 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6172 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6173 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6174 *
6175 * @par Example:
6176 * @code
6177 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6178 * @endcode
6179 *
6180 * @par Advanced example:
6181 * @code
6182 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6183 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6184 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6185 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6186 * ];
6187 * @endcode
6188 */
6189 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6193 *
6194 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6195 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6196 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6197 * details.
6198 *
6199 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6200 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6201 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6202 *
6203 * @par To completely disable logging:
6204 * @code
6205 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6206 * @endcode
6207 *
6208 * @since 1.25
6209 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6210 * @see MwLogger
6211 */
6212 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6213 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6214 ];
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6218 *
6219 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6220 */
6221 $wgShowDebug = false;
6222
6223 /**
6224 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6225 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6226 */
6227 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6228
6229 /**
6230 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6231 */
6232 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6233
6234 /**
6235 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6236 */
6237 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6238
6239 /**
6240 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6241 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6242 * to an attacker.
6243 */
6244 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6245
6246 /**
6247 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6248 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6249 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6250 * formatting.
6251 */
6252 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6256 *
6257 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6258 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6259 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6260 * exception handler.
6261 */
6262 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6263
6264 /**
6265 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6266 */
6267 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6271 */
6272 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6273
6274 /**
6275 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6276 * Should be a string, default false.
6277 * @since 1.20
6278 */
6279 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6280
6281 /**
6282 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6283 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6284 */
6285 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6289 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6290 * after the limit.
6291 */
6292 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6293
6294 /**
6295 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6296 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6297 */
6298 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6302 *
6303 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6304 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6305 */
6306 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6310 *
6311 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6312 *
6313 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6314 *
6315 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6316 * @since 1.25
6317 */
6318 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6319
6320 /**
6321 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6322 *
6323 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6324 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6325 * @since 1.25
6326 */
6327 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6328
6329 /**
6330 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6331 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6332 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6333 * @since 1.28
6334 */
6335 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6336 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6337 ];
6338
6339 /**
6340 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6341 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6342 * templates.
6343 */
6344 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6345
6346 /**
6347 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6348 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6349 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6350 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6351 */
6352 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6356 * filename is passed to it.
6357 *
6358 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6359 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6360 *
6361 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6362 *
6363 * Use full paths.
6364 *
6365 * @deprecated since 1.30
6366 */
6367 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6371 */
6372 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6373
6374 /**
6375 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6376 * @since 1.19
6377 */
6378 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6379
6380 /**
6381 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6382 * queries and other useful output.
6383 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6384 *
6385 * @since 1.19
6386 */
6387 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6388
6389 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6390
6391 /************************************************************************//**
6392 * @name Search
6393 * @{
6394 */
6395
6396 /**
6397 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6398 */
6399 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6400
6401 /**
6402 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6403 * by default off due to execution overhead
6404 */
6405 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6409 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6410 */
6411 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6412
6413 /**
6414 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6415 *
6416 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6417 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6418 *
6419 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6420 *
6421 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6422 */
6423 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6424
6425 /**
6426 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6427 *
6428 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6429 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6430 *
6431 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6432 */
6433 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6434 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6435 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6436 ];
6437
6438 /**
6439 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6440 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6441 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6442 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6443 */
6444 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6445
6446 /**
6447 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6448 * OpenSearch call.
6449 */
6450 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6451
6452 /**
6453 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6454 */
6455 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6456
6457 /**
6458 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6459 */
6460 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6461
6462 /**
6463 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6464 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6465 */
6466 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6467
6468 /**
6469 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6470 *
6471 * @par Example:
6472 * @code
6473 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6474 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6475 * @endcode
6476 */
6477 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6478 NS_MAIN => true,
6479 ];
6480
6481 /**
6482 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6483 * implemented by an extension instead.
6484 */
6485 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6489 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6490 * search term.
6491 *
6492 * @par Example:
6493 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6494 * @code
6495 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6496 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6497 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6498 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6499 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6500 * @endcode
6501 */
6502 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6503
6504 /**
6505 * Search form behavior.
6506 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6507 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6508 */
6509 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6513 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6514 * generated for all namespaces.
6515 */
6516 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6517
6518 /**
6519 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6520 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6521 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6522 *
6523 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6524 * @par Example:
6525 * @code
6526 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6527 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6528 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6529 * ];
6530 * @endcode
6531 */
6532 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6533
6534 /**
6535 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6536 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6537 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6538 */
6539 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6540
6541 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6542
6543 /************************************************************************//**
6544 * @name Edit user interface
6545 * @{
6546 */
6547
6548 /**
6549 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6550 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6551 */
6552 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6556 */
6557 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6558
6559 /**
6560 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6561 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6562 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6563 */
6564 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6565 NS_CATEGORY => true
6566 ];
6567
6568 /**
6569 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6570 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6571 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6572 */
6573 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6574
6575 /**
6576 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6577 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6578 * ting this variable false.
6579 */
6580 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6581
6582 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6583
6584 /************************************************************************//**
6585 * @name Maintenance
6586 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6587 * @{
6588 */
6589
6590 /**
6591 * @cond file_level_code
6592 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6593 */
6594 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6595 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6596 }
6597 /** @endcond */
6598
6599 /**
6600 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6601 */
6602 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6603
6604 /**
6605 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6606 * used as an explanation to users.
6607 *
6608 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6609 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6610 * option in MySQL.
6611 */
6612 $wgReadOnly = null;
6613
6614 /**
6615 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6616 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6617 * message.
6618 *
6619 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6620 */
6621 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6622
6623 /**
6624 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6625 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6626 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6627 *
6628 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6629 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6630 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6631 */
6632 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6633
6634 /**
6635 * Fully specified path to git binary
6636 */
6637 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6638
6639 /**
6640 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6641 *
6642 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6643 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6644 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6645 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6646 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6647 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6648 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6649 *
6650 * @since 1.20
6651 */
6652 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6653 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6654 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6655 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6656 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6657 ];
6658
6659 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6660
6661 /************************************************************************//**
6662 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6663 * @{
6664 */
6665
6666 /**
6667 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6668 * seconds will go.
6669 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6670 */
6671 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6672
6673 /**
6674 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6675 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6676 * @since 1.26
6677 */
6678 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6679
6680 /**
6681 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6682 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6683 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6684 * @since 1.26
6685 */
6686 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6690 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6691 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6692 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6693 * is still there.
6694 */
6695 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6696
6697 /**
6698 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6699 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6700 */
6701 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6702
6703 /**
6704 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6705 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6706 */
6707 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6708
6709 /**
6710 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6711 *
6712 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6713 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6714 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6715 *
6716 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6717 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6718 * passed to the constructor.
6719 *
6720 * Common options:
6721 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6722 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6723 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6724 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6725 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6726 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6727 *
6728 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6729 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6730 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6731 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6732 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6733 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6734 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6735 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6736 *
6737 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6738 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6739 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6740 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6741 *
6742 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6743 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6744 *
6745 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6746 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6747 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6748 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6749 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6750 * ];
6751 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6752 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6753 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6754 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6755 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6756 * ];
6757 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6758 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6759 * ];
6760 * @since 1.22
6761 */
6762 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6763
6764 /**
6765 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6766 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6767 * @since 1.22
6768 */
6769 $wgRCEngines = [
6770 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6771 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6772 ];
6773
6774 /**
6775 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6776 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6777 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6778 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6779 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6780 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6781 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6782 *
6783 * @since 1.27
6784 */
6785 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6786
6787 /**
6788 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6789 * New pages and new files are included.
6790 *
6791 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6792 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6793 * Special:Log.
6794 */
6795 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6796
6797 /**
6798 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6799 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6800 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6801 * that lets users disable them.
6802 *
6803 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6804 *
6805 * @since 1.30
6806 */
6807 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6808
6809 /**
6810 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6811 *
6812 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6813 */
6814 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6815
6816 /**
6817 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6818 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6819 * 0 to disable completely.
6820 */
6821 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6822
6823 /**
6824 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6825 *
6826 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6827 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6828 * Special:Log.
6829 */
6830 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6831
6832 /**
6833 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6834 *
6835 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6836 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6837 * Special:Log.
6838 *
6839 * @since 1.27
6840 */
6841 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6842
6843 /**
6844 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6845 */
6846 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6847
6848 /**
6849 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6850 */
6851 $wgFeed = true;
6852
6853 /**
6854 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6855 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6856 */
6857 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6858
6859 /**
6860 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6861 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6862 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6863 *
6864 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6865 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6866 */
6867 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6868
6869 /**
6870 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6871 * pages larger than this size.
6872 */
6873 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6877 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6878 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6879 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6880 * as value.
6881 * @par Example:
6882 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6883 * @code
6884 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6885 * @endcode
6886 */
6887 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6888
6889 /**
6890 * Available feeds objects.
6891 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6892 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6893 */
6894 $wgFeedClasses = [
6895 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6896 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6897 ];
6898
6899 /**
6900 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6901 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6902 */
6903 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6904
6905 /**
6906 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6907 */
6908 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6909
6910 /**
6911 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6912 */
6913 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6914
6915 /**
6916 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6917 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6918 * highlighted on the RC page.
6919 */
6920 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6921
6922 /**
6923 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6924 * view for watched pages with new changes
6925 */
6926 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6927
6928 /**
6929 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6930 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6931 */
6932 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6933
6934 /**
6935 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6936 */
6937 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6938
6939 /**
6940 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6941 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6942 */
6943 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6944
6945 /**
6946 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
6947 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
6948 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
6949 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
6950 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
6951 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
6952 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
6953 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
6954 *
6955 * @var array
6956 * @since 1.31
6957 */
6958 $wgSoftwareTags = [
6959 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
6960 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
6961 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
6962 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
6963 'mw-blank' => true,
6964 'mw-replace' => true,
6965 'mw-rollback' => true
6966 ];
6967
6968 /**
6969 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6970 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6971 * watchers.
6972 *
6973 * @since 1.21
6974 */
6975 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6979 * certain types of edits.
6980 *
6981 * To register a new one:
6982 * @code
6983 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6984 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6985 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6986 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6987 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6988 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6989 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6990 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6991 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6992 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6993 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6994 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6995 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6996 * ];
6997 * @endcode
6998 *
6999 * @since 1.22
7000 */
7001 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7002 'newpage' => [
7003 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7004 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7005 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7006 'grouping' => 'any',
7007 ],
7008 'minor' => [
7009 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7010 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7011 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7012 'class' => 'minoredit',
7013 'grouping' => 'all',
7014 ],
7015 'bot' => [
7016 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7017 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7018 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7019 'class' => 'botedit',
7020 'grouping' => 'all',
7021 ],
7022 'unpatrolled' => [
7023 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7024 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7025 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7026 'grouping' => 'any',
7027 ],
7028 ];
7029
7030 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7031
7032 /************************************************************************//**
7033 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7034 * @{
7035 */
7036
7037 /**
7038 * Override for copyright metadata.
7039 *
7040 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7041 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7042 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7043 */
7044 $wgRightsPage = null;
7045
7046 /**
7047 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7048 * wiki.
7049 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7050 */
7051 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7052
7053 /**
7054 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7055 * link.
7056 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7057 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7058 */
7059 $wgRightsText = null;
7060
7061 /**
7062 * Override for copyright metadata.
7063 */
7064 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7065
7066 /**
7067 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7068 */
7069 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7070
7071 /**
7072 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7073 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7074 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7075 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7076 * large wikis.
7077 */
7078 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7079
7080 /**
7081 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7082 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7083 */
7084 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7085
7086 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7087
7088 /************************************************************************//**
7089 * @name Import / Export
7090 * @{
7091 */
7092
7093 /**
7094 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7095 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7096 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7097 *
7098 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7099 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7100 * e.g.
7101 * @code
7102 * $wgImportSources = [
7103 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7104 * 'wikispecies',
7105 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7106 * ];
7107 * @endcode
7108 *
7109 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7110 * the ImportSources hook.
7111 *
7112 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7113 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7114 */
7115 $wgImportSources = [];
7116
7117 /**
7118 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7119 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7120 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7121 *
7122 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7123 */
7124 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7125
7126 /**
7127 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7128 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7129 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7130 */
7131 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7132
7133 /**
7134 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7135 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7136 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7137 */
7138 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7139
7140 /**
7141 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7142 */
7143 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7144
7145 /**
7146 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7147 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7148 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7149 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7150 * it's disabled by default for now.
7151 *
7152 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7153 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7154 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7155 */
7156 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7157
7158 /**
7159 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7160 */
7161 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7162
7163 /**
7164 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7165 */
7166 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7167
7168 /**
7169 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7170 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7171 *
7172 * @since 1.27
7173 */
7174 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7175
7176 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7177
7178 /*************************************************************************//**
7179 * @name Extensions
7180 * @{
7181 */
7182
7183 /**
7184 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7185 * initialised
7186 */
7187 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7188
7189 /**
7190 * Extension messages files.
7191 *
7192 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7193 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7194 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7195 * is the most common.
7196 *
7197 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7198 * in the core.
7199 *
7200 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7201 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7202 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7203 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7204 *
7205 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7206 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7207 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7208 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7209 *
7210 * @par Example:
7211 * @code
7212 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7213 * @endcode
7214 */
7215 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7216
7217 /**
7218 * Extension messages directories.
7219 *
7220 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7221 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7222 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7223 * message directories.
7224 *
7225 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7226 *
7227 * @par Simple example:
7228 * @code
7229 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7230 * @endcode
7231 *
7232 * @par Complex example:
7233 * @code
7234 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7235 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7236 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7237 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7238 * ]
7239 * @endcode
7240 * @since 1.23
7241 */
7242 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7243
7244 /**
7245 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7246 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7247 * @since 1.22
7248 */
7249 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Parser output hooks.
7253 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7254 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7255 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7256 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7257 *
7258 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7259 *
7260 * The callback has the form:
7261 * @code
7262 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7263 * @endcode
7264 */
7265 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7266
7267 /**
7268 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7269 */
7270 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7271
7272 /**
7273 * List of valid skin names
7274 *
7275 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7276 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7277 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7278 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7279 */
7280 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7281
7282 /**
7283 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7284 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7285 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7286 * SpecialPage.
7287 */
7288 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7289
7290 /**
7291 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7292 */
7293 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7294
7295 /**
7296 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7297 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7298 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7299 */
7300 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7301
7302 /**
7303 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7304 *
7305 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7306 *
7307 * @code
7308 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7309 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7310 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7311 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7312 * 'author' => [
7313 * 'Foo Barstein',
7314 * ],
7315 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7316 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7317 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7318 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7319 * ];
7320 * @endcode
7321 *
7322 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7323 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7324 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7325 * interpreted as wikitext.
7326 *
7327 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7328 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7329 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7330 *
7331 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7332 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7333 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7334 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7335 *
7336 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7337 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7338 * usually are.)
7339 *
7340 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7341 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7342 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7343 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7344 *
7345 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7346 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7347 *
7348 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7349 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7350 *
7351 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7352 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7353 */
7354 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7355
7356 /**
7357 * Authentication plugin.
7358 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7359 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7360 */
7361 $wgAuth = null;
7362
7363 /**
7364 * Global list of hooks.
7365 *
7366 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7367 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7368 * internally by Hook:run().
7369 *
7370 * The value can be one of:
7371 *
7372 * - A function name:
7373 * @code
7374 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7375 * @endcode
7376 * - A function with some data:
7377 * @code
7378 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7379 * @endcode
7380 * - A an object method:
7381 * @code
7382 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7383 * @endcode
7384 * - A closure:
7385 * @code
7386 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7387 * // Handler code goes here.
7388 * };
7389 * @endcode
7390 *
7391 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7392 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7393 *
7394 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7395 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7396 */
7397 $wgHooks = [];
7398
7399 /**
7400 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7401 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7402 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7403 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7404 * hook for that.
7405 *
7406 * @see MediaWikiServices
7407 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7408 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7409 */
7410 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7411 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7412 ];
7413
7414 /**
7415 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7416 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7417 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7418 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7419 */
7420 $wgJobClasses = [
7421 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7422 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7423 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7424 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7425 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7426 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7427 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7428 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7429 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7430 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7431 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7432 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7433 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7434 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7435 'clearUserWatchlist' => 'ClearUserWatchlistJob',
7436 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7437 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7438 'null' => 'NullJob'
7439 ];
7440
7441 /**
7442 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7443 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7444 *
7445 * These can be:
7446 * - Very long-running jobs.
7447 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7448 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7449 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7450 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7451 */
7452 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7453
7454 /**
7455 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7456 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7457 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7458 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7459 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7460 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7461 * @var float[]
7462 */
7463 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7464
7465 /**
7466 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7467 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7468 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7469 *
7470 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7471 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7472 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7473 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7474 *
7475 * @var float|bool
7476 * @since 1.26
7477 */
7478 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7479
7480 /**
7481 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7482 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7483 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7484 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7485 */
7486 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7487 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7488 ];
7489
7490 /**
7491 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7492 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7493 */
7494 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7495 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7496 ];
7497
7498 /**
7499 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7500 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7501 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7502 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7503 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7504 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7505 * that limit is hit.
7506 *
7507 * @since 1.29
7508 */
7509 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7510
7511 /**
7512 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7513 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7514 */
7515 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7516 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7517 ];
7518
7519 /**
7520 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7521 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7522 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7523 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7524 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7525 */
7526 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7527 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7528 ];
7529
7530 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7531
7532 /*************************************************************************//**
7533 * @name Categories
7534 * @{
7535 */
7536
7537 /**
7538 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7539 */
7540 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7541
7542 /**
7543 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7544 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7545 */
7546 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7547
7548 /**
7549 * Paging limit for categories
7550 */
7551 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7552
7553 /**
7554 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7555 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7556 *
7557 * Available values are:
7558 *
7559 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7560 *
7561 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7562 *
7563 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7564 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7565 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7566 *
7567 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7568 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7569 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7570 * server.
7571 *
7572 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7573 * the sort keys in the database.
7574 *
7575 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7576 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7577 */
7578 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7579
7580 /** @} */ # End categories }
7581
7582 /*************************************************************************//**
7583 * @name Logging
7584 * @{
7585 */
7586
7587 /**
7588 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7589 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7590 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7591 * log type.
7592 */
7593 $wgLogTypes = [
7594 '',
7595 'block',
7596 'protect',
7597 'rights',
7598 'delete',
7599 'upload',
7600 'move',
7601 'import',
7602 'patrol',
7603 'merge',
7604 'suppress',
7605 'tag',
7606 'managetags',
7607 'contentmodel',
7608 ];
7609
7610 /**
7611 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7612 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7613 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7614 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7615 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7616 */
7617 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7618 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7619 ];
7620
7621 /**
7622 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7623 *
7624 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7625 *
7626 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7627 *
7628 * @par Example:
7629 * @code
7630 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7631 * @endcode
7632 *
7633 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7634 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7635 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7636 *
7637 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7638 * for the link text.
7639 */
7640 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7641 'patrol' => true,
7642 'tag' => true,
7643 ];
7644
7645 /**
7646 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7647 * will be listed in the user interface.
7648 *
7649 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7650 *
7651 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7652 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7653 */
7654 $wgLogNames = [
7655 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7656 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7657 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7658 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7659 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7660 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7661 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7662 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7663 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7664 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7665 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7666 ];
7667
7668 /**
7669 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7670 * top of each log type.
7671 *
7672 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7673 *
7674 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7675 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7676 */
7677 $wgLogHeaders = [
7678 '' => 'alllogstext',
7679 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7680 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7681 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7682 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7683 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7684 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7685 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7686 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7687 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7688 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7689 ];
7690
7691 /**
7692 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7693 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7694 *
7695 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7696 */
7697 $wgLogActions = [];
7698
7699 /**
7700 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7701 * not messages.
7702 * @see LogPage::actionText
7703 * @see LogFormatter
7704 */
7705 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7706 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7707 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7708 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7709 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7710 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7711 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7712 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7713 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7714 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7715 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7716 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7717 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7718 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7719 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7720 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7721 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7722 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7723 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7724 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7725 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7726 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7727 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7728 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7729 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7730 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7731 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7732 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7733 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7734 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7735 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7736 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7737 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7738 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7739 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7740 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7741 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7742 ];
7743
7744 /**
7745 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7746 *
7747 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7748 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7749 * Extensions may append to this array
7750 * @since 1.27
7751 */
7752 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7753 'block' => [
7754 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7755 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7756 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7757 ],
7758 'contentmodel' => [
7759 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7760 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7761 ],
7762 'delete' => [
7763 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7764 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7765 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7766 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7767 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7768 ],
7769 'import' => [
7770 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7771 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7772 ],
7773 'managetags' => [
7774 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7775 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7776 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7777 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7778 ],
7779 'move' => [
7780 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7781 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7782 ],
7783 'newusers' => [
7784 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7785 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7786 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7787 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7788 ],
7789 'patrol' => [
7790 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7791 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7792 ],
7793 'protect' => [
7794 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7795 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7796 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7797 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7798 ],
7799 'rights' => [
7800 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7801 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7802 ],
7803 'suppress' => [
7804 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7805 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7806 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7807 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7808 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7809 ],
7810 'upload' => [
7811 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7812 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7813 ],
7814 ];
7815
7816 /**
7817 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7818 */
7819 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7820
7821 /** @} */ # end logging }
7822
7823 /*************************************************************************//**
7824 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7825 * @{
7826 */
7827
7828 /**
7829 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7830 */
7831 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7832
7833 /**
7834 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7835 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7836 */
7837 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7838
7839 /**
7840 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7841 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7842 */
7843 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7844
7845 /**
7846 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7847 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7848 */
7849 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7850
7851 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7852
7853 /*************************************************************************//**
7854 * @name Actions
7855 * @{
7856 */
7857
7858 /**
7859 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7860 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7861 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7862 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7863 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7864 * instead of the default class.
7865 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7866 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7867 */
7868 $wgActions = [
7869 'credits' => true,
7870 'delete' => true,
7871 'edit' => true,
7872 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7873 'history' => true,
7874 'info' => true,
7875 'markpatrolled' => true,
7876 'protect' => true,
7877 'purge' => true,
7878 'raw' => true,
7879 'render' => true,
7880 'revert' => true,
7881 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7882 'rollback' => true,
7883 'submit' => true,
7884 'unprotect' => true,
7885 'unwatch' => true,
7886 'view' => true,
7887 'watch' => true,
7888 ];
7889
7890 /** @} */ # end actions }
7891
7892 /*************************************************************************//**
7893 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7894 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7895 * @{
7896 */
7897
7898 /**
7899 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7900 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7901 * basis.
7902 */
7903 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7904
7905 /**
7906 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7907 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7908 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7909 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7910 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7911 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7912 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7913 *
7914 * @par Example:
7915 * @code
7916 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7917 * @endcode
7918 */
7919 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7920
7921 /**
7922 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7923 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7924 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7925 *
7926 * @par Example:
7927 * @code
7928 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7929 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7930 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7931 * ];
7932 * @endcode
7933 *
7934 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7935 * forms:
7936 * @code
7937 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7938 * # Underscore, not space!
7939 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7940 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7941 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7942 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7943 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7944 * ];
7945 * @endcode
7946 */
7947 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7948
7949 /**
7950 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7951 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7952 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7953 *
7954 * @par Example:
7955 * @code
7956 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7957 * @endcode
7958 */
7959 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7960
7961 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7962
7963 /************************************************************************//**
7964 * @name AJAX and API
7965 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7966 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7967 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7968 * @{
7969 */
7970
7971 /**
7972 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7973 * machine-readable data via api.php
7974 *
7975 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7976 *
7977 * @deprecated since 1.31
7978 */
7979 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7980
7981 /**
7982 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7983 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7984 * accesses it
7985 *
7986 * @deprecated since 1.31
7987 */
7988 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7989
7990 /**
7991 *
7992 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7993 *
7994 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7995 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7996 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7997 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7998 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7999 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8000 * requiring POST.
8001 *
8002 * @since 1.21
8003 */
8004 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8005
8006 /**
8007 * API module extensions.
8008 *
8009 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8010 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8011 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8012 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8013 *
8014 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8015 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8016 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8017 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8018 * field.
8019 *
8020 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8021 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8022 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8023 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8024 *
8025 * Examples for registering API modules:
8026 *
8027 * @code
8028 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8029 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8030 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
8031 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8032 * ];
8033 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8034 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
8035 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
8036 * ];
8037 * @endcode
8038 *
8039 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8040 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8041 */
8042 $wgAPIModules = [];
8043
8044 /**
8045 * API format module extensions.
8046 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8047 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8048 *
8049 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8050 */
8051 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8052
8053 /**
8054 * API Query meta module extensions.
8055 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8056 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8057 *
8058 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8059 */
8060 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8061
8062 /**
8063 * API Query prop module extensions.
8064 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8065 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8066 *
8067 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8068 */
8069 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8070
8071 /**
8072 * API Query list module extensions.
8073 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8074 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8075 *
8076 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8077 */
8078 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8079
8080 /**
8081 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8082 * The default value is generally fine
8083 */
8084 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8085
8086 /**
8087 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8088 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8089 */
8090 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8091
8092 /**
8093 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8094 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8095 */
8096 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8097
8098 /**
8099 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8100 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8101 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8102 */
8103 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8104
8105 /**
8106 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8107 * API request logging
8108 */
8109 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8110
8111 /**
8112 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8113 */
8114 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8115
8116 /**
8117 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8118 * API queries.
8119 */
8120 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8121 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8122 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8123 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8124 ];
8125
8126 /**
8127 * Enable AJAX framework
8128 */
8129 $wgUseAjax = true;
8130
8131 /**
8132 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8133 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8134 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8135 */
8136 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8137
8138 /**
8139 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8140 */
8141 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8142
8143 /**
8144 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8145 */
8146 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8147
8148 /**
8149 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8150 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8151 */
8152 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8153
8154 /**
8155 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8156 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8157 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8158 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8159 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8160 *
8161 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8162 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8163 *
8164 * @par Example:
8165 * @code
8166 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8167 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8168 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8169 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8170 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8171 * ];
8172 * @endcode
8173 */
8174 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8175
8176 /**
8177 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8178 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8179 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8180 */
8181 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8182
8183 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8184
8185 /************************************************************************//**
8186 * @name Shell and process control
8187 * @{
8188 */
8189
8190 /**
8191 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8192 */
8193 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8194
8195 /**
8196 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8197 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8198 */
8199 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8203 */
8204 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8205
8206 /**
8207 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8208 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8209 */
8210 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8211
8212 /**
8213 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8214 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8215 *
8216 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8217 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8218 * them segfault or deadlock.
8219 *
8220 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8221 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8222 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8223 *
8224 * @par Example:
8225 * @code
8226 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8227 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8228 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8229 * @endcode
8230 *
8231 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8232 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8233 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8234 */
8235 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8236
8237 /**
8238 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8239 */
8240 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8244 *
8245 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8246 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8247 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8248 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8249 *
8250 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8251 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8252 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8253 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8254 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8255 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8256 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8257 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8258 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8259 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8260 * decimal separator)
8261 *
8262 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8263 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8264 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8265 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8266 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8267 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8268 * displayed to the user.
8269 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8270 * date/time values.
8271 *
8272 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8273 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8274 * wikis.
8275 */
8276 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8277
8278 /**
8279 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8280 *
8281 * Supported options:
8282 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8283 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8284 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8285 *
8286 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8287 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8288 *
8289 * @since 1.31
8290 * @var string|bool
8291 */
8292 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8293
8294 /** @} */ # End shell }
8295
8296 /************************************************************************//**
8297 * @name HTTP client
8298 * @{
8299 */
8300
8301 /**
8302 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8303 * @var int
8304 */
8305 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8306
8307 /**
8308 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8309 * @since 1.29
8310 */
8311 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8312
8313 /**
8314 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8315 */
8316 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8317
8318 /**
8319 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8320 */
8321 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8322
8323 /**
8324 * Local virtual hosts.
8325 *
8326 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8327 *
8328 * This affects the following:
8329 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8330 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8331 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8332 * the proxy if it is configured.
8333 *
8334 * @since 1.25
8335 */
8336 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8337
8338 /**
8339 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8340 * Only works for curl
8341 */
8342 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8343
8344 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8345
8346 /************************************************************************//**
8347 * @name Job queue
8348 * @{
8349 */
8350
8351 /**
8352 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8353 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8354 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8355 * be run periodically.
8356 */
8357 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8358
8359 /**
8360 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8361 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8362 * execution finishes.
8363 *
8364 * @since 1.23
8365 */
8366 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8367
8368 /**
8369 * Number of rows to update per job
8370 */
8371 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8372
8373 /**
8374 * Number of rows to update per query
8375 */
8376 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8377
8378 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8379
8380 /************************************************************************//**
8381 * @name Miscellaneous
8382 * @{
8383 */
8384
8385 /**
8386 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8387 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8388 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8389 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8390 */
8391 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8392
8393 /**
8394 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8395 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8396 * Supported values:
8397 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8398 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8399 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8400 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8401 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8402 *
8403 * @since 1.30
8404 */
8405 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8406
8407 /**
8408 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8409 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8410 *
8411 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8412 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8413 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8414 */
8415 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8416
8417 /**
8418 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8419 * For debugging
8420 */
8421 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8422
8423 /**
8424 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8425 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8426 */
8427 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8428
8429 /**
8430 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8431 */
8432 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8433
8434 /**
8435 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8436 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8437 */
8438 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8439
8440 /**
8441 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8442 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8443 */
8444 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8445
8446 /**
8447 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8448 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8449 *
8450 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8451 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8452 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8453 * parameters.
8454 *
8455 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8456 * @code
8457 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8458 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8459 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8460 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8461 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8462 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8463 * 'redisConfig' => []
8464 * ] ];
8465 * @endcode
8466 *
8467 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8468 * @code
8469 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8470 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8471 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8472 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8473 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8474 * ... any extension-specific options...
8475 * ] ];
8476 * @endcode
8477 */
8478 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8479
8480 /**
8481 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8482 */
8483 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8484
8485 /**
8486 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8487 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8488 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8489 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8490 *
8491 * @since 1.21
8492 */
8493 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8494
8495 /**
8496 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8497 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8498 *
8499 * * 'ignore': return null
8500 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8501 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8502 *
8503 * @since 1.21
8504 */
8505 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8506
8507 /**
8508 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8509 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8510 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8511 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8512 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8513 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8514 *
8515 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8516 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8517 *
8518 * @since 1.21
8519 */
8520 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8521
8522 /**
8523 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8524 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8525 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8526 *
8527 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8528 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8529 *
8530 * @since 1.21
8531 */
8532 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8533 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8534 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8535 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8536 ];
8537
8538 /**
8539 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8540 *
8541 * @since 1.20
8542 */
8543 $wgSiteTypes = [
8544 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8545 ];
8546
8547 /**
8548 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8549 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8550 * @since 1.23
8551 */
8552 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8553
8554 /**
8555 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8556 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8557 * @see T67184
8558 * @since 1.24
8559 */
8560 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8561
8562 /**
8563 * Secret for session storage.
8564 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8565 * be used.
8566 * @since 1.27
8567 */
8568 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8569
8570 /**
8571 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8572 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8573 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8574 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8575 * @since 1.27
8576 */
8577 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8578
8579 /**
8580 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8581 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8582 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8583 * be used.
8584 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8585 * @since 1.24
8586 */
8587 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8588
8589 /**
8590 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8591 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8592 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8593 * @since 1.24
8594 */
8595 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8596
8597 /**
8598 * Enable page language feature
8599 * Allows setting page language in database
8600 * @var bool
8601 * @since 1.24
8602 */
8603 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8604
8605 /**
8606 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8607 *
8608 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8609 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8610 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8611 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8612 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8613 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8614 *
8615 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8616 *
8617 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8618 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8619 * 'options' => [
8620 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8621 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8622 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8623 * ]
8624 * ];
8625 *
8626 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8627 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8628 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8629 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8630 *
8631 * Example config for Parsoid:
8632 *
8633 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8634 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8635 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8636 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8637 * ];
8638 *
8639 * @var array
8640 * @since 1.25
8641 */
8642 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8643 'paths' => [],
8644 'modules' => [],
8645 'global' => [
8646 # Timeout in seconds
8647 'timeout' => 360,
8648 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8649 'forwardCookies' => false,
8650 'HTTPProxy' => null
8651 ]
8652 ];
8653
8654 /**
8655 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8656 * these suggestions.
8657 *
8658 * @var bool
8659 * @since 1.26
8660 */
8661 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8662
8663 /**
8664 * Where popular password file is located.
8665 *
8666 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8667 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8668 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8669 *
8670 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8671 * @since 1.27
8672 * @var string path to file
8673 */
8674 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8675
8676 /*
8677 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8678 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8679 *
8680 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8681 * @since 1.27
8682 */
8683 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8684
8685 /*
8686 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8687 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8688 *
8689 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8690 * @since 1.30
8691 */
8692 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8693
8694 /**
8695 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8696 *
8697 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8698 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8699 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8700 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8701 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8702 *
8703 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8704 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8705 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8706 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8707 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8708 *
8709 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8710 *
8711 * @since 1.27
8712 */
8713 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8714 'default' => [
8715 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8716 ]
8717 ];
8718
8719 /**
8720 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8721 *
8722 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8723 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8724 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8725 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8726 *
8727 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8728 *
8729 * @var bool
8730 * @since 1.28
8731 */
8732 $wgPingback = false;
8733
8734 /**
8735 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8736 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8737 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8738 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8739 *
8740 * @since 1.28
8741 */
8742 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8743 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8744 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8745 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8746 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8747 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8748 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8749 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8750 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8751 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8752 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8753 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8754 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8755 ];
8756
8757 /**
8758 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8759 * at Special:Contributions.
8760 *
8761 * @var array
8762 * @since 1.30
8763 */
8764 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8765 'IPv4' => 16,
8766 'IPv6' => 32,
8767 ];
8768
8769 /**
8770 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8771 *
8772 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8773 *
8774 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8775 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8776 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8777 *
8778 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8779 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8780 */
8781 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8782 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8783 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8784 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8785
8786 /**
8787 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8788 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8789 *
8790 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8791 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8792 *
8793 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8794 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8795 *
8796 * @par Example:
8797 * @code
8798 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8799 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8800 *];
8801 * @endcode
8802 */
8803 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8804
8805 /**
8806 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8807 * @since 1.30
8808 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8809 */
8810 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8811
8812 /**
8813 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8814 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8815 * @}
8816 */